第2品 目支邻陀品巴利
2. Mucalindavaggo
《目支邻陀经》的注释巴利
1. Mucalindasuttavaṇṇanā
11 11. 在《目支邻陀品》的第一经里,“在目支邻陀树下”这句话中,“目支邻陀”指的是一种尼帕树。这种树也叫“尼拘罗”。经文说的就是这种树的附近。不过有些人说:“目支罗是那棵树的名字,因为它被当作林中之长,所以才叫目支邻陀。”
“大非时云”是指还没到雨季就生起的大云。这云在热季最后一个月生起,铺满整个轮围世界的内部空间。
“七日暴风雨”是指那云生起之后,连续不停地下了七天的雨。
“冷风阴暗天”是说,那七日暴风雨中夹杂着水珠的冷风,从四面八方旋转吹动,把那些日子弄得阴沉昏暗,所以叫阴暗天。
“名为目支邻陀的龙王”是指,在那棵目支邻陀树旁边的池塘底下有一座龙宫,那里出生了一位具大神力的龙王。
“从自己的龙宫”就是从他自己住的龙宫出来。
“以蛇身七匝缠绕”是说,他用自己的身体把世尊的身体盘绕了七圈。
“在上方头顶展开大蛇冠”就是:在世尊头顶上方,撑开自己巨大的蛇冠。另有一种读法作“作蛇冠”,意思一样。巴利
11. Mucalindavaggassa paṭhame mucalindamūleti ettha mucalindo vuccati nīparukkho. So ‘‘niculo’’tipi vuccati, tassa samīpe. Keci pana ‘‘mucaloti tassa rukkhassa nāmaṃ, taṃ vanajeṭṭhakatāya pana mucalindoti vutta’’nti vadanti. Mahā akālameghoti asampatte vassakāle uppannamahāmegho. So hi gimhānaṃ pacchime māse sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento udapādi. Sattāhavaddalikāti tasmiṃ uppanne sattāhaṃ avicchinnavuṭṭhikā ahosi. Sītavātaduddinīti sā ca sattāhavaddalikā udakaphusitasammissena sītavātena samantato paribbhamantena dusitadivasattā duddinī nāma ahosi. Mucalindo nāma nāgarājāti tasseva mucalindarukkhassa samīpe pokkharaṇiyā heṭṭhā nāgabhavanaṃ atthi, tattha nibbatto mahānubhāvo nāgarājā. Sakabhavanāti attano nāgabhavanato. Sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvāti sattavāre attano sarīrabhogehi bhagavato kāyaṃ parivāretvā. Uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ vihaccāti bhagavato muddhappadesassa upari attano mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ pasāretvā. ‘‘Phaṇaṃ karitvā’’tipi pāṭho, so evattho.
据说这位龙王当时这样想:世尊就坐在我的住处附近的树下,而现在这场七天的暴风雨正在刮着,应该给他弄一个避雨的地方。他虽然有能力化现出一座七宝所成的宫殿,却想:如果这样做,那就只是取了身体的舒适,我要亲自为具足十力的世尊做身体的服侍。于是他变出一个巨大的身体,用自己的身体把导师盘绕了七圈,再在上方张开蛇冠遮住。注释书《犍度注》里说:盘绕所围出的内部空间,有铜殿中一间库房那么大。《中部注》里则说:有铜殿下层那么大。据说龙王的本意是:要让世尊能以任何他想要的姿势安住。然而世尊就保持着原来坐着的姿势,这样过了七天。那个地方就像一间窗户紧闭、门闩紧插的尖顶屋。不让寒冷侵扰世尊等等这些话,是说明他那样做、那样站着的理由。他就是那样盘绕护持着站在那里,心想:不要让寒冷侵扰世尊,不要让炎热侵扰,不要让牛虻蚊虫之类的接触侵扰世尊。巴利
Tassa kira nāgarājassa etadahosi ‘‘bhagavā ca mayhaṃ bhavanasamīpe rukkhamūle nisinno, ayañca sattāhavaddalikā vattati, vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ pāsādaṃ nimminituṃ sakkontopi ‘‘evaṃ kate kāyasāro gahito na bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇaṃ katvā dhāresi. ‘‘Parikkhepabbhantaraṃ lohapāsāde bhaṇḍāgāragabbhappamāṇaṃ ahosī’’ti khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 5) vuttaṃ. Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘heṭṭhālohapāsādappamāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.284). ‘‘Icchiticchitena iriyāpathena satthā viharissatī’’ti kira nāgarājassa ajjhāsayo. Bhagavā pana yathānisinnova sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Tañca ṭhānaṃ supihitavātapānaṃ suphusitaaggaḷadvāraṃ kūṭāgāraṃ viya ahosi. Mābhagavantaṃ sītantiādi tassa tathā karitvā ṭhānakāraṇaparidīpanaṃ. So hi ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ bādhayittha, mā uṇhaṃ, mā ḍaṃsādisamphasso bādhayitthā’’ti tathā karitvā aṭṭhāsi.
在这里,虽然七天暴风雨期间并没有炎热,但如果中间偶尔云散开了,炎热就可能出现,他不想让那种炎热也来侵扰世尊,这样想是合理的。不过有些人对此解释说:“这里提到‘热’,是为了说明他把盘绕的身体变大的原因。因为如果盘绕得太小,龙王身体所生的体温就可能让世尊受热;而通过把盘绕变得宽大,他这样护持站立,就是为了不让热侵扰。”巴利
Tattha kiñcāpi sattāhavaddalikāya uṇhameva natthi, sace pana antarantarā megho vigaccheyya, uṇhaṃ bhaveyya, tampi mā bādhayitthāti evaṃ tassa cintetuṃ yuttaṃ. Keci panettha vadanti ‘‘uṇhaggahaṇaṃ bhogaparikkhepassa vipulabhāvakaraṇe kāraṇakittanaṃ. Khuddake hi tasmiṃ bhagavantaṃ nāgassa sarīrasambhūtā usmā bādheyya, vipulabhāvakaraṇena pana tādisaṃ ‘mā uṇhaṃ bādhayitthā’ti tathā karitvā aṭṭhāsī’’ti.
“胀大”是指高高鼓起;意思是因雨云散去而远离了。“无云”是指云已离去。“天”是指虚空。“知道后”是指他这样了知:“现在虚空已无云,世尊没有寒冷等灾患了。”“解开缠绕后”是指把盘绕的身体移开。“自己的色身”是指他自己原本的龙王形貌。“收起后”是指让龙王形貌隐没。“年轻人形貌”是指童子形貌。巴利
Viddhanti ubbiddhaṃ, meghavigamena dūrībhūtanti attho. Vigatavalāhakanti apagatameghaṃ. Devanti ākāsaṃ. Viditvāti ‘‘idāni vigatavalāhako ākāso, natthi bhagavato sītādiupaddavo’’ti ñatvā. Viniveṭhetvāti apanetvā. Sakavaṇṇanti attano nāgarūpaṃ. Paṭisaṃharitvāti antaradhāpetvā. Māṇavakavaṇṇanti kumārakarūpaṃ.
他完全了知这个意思:亲身体验到远离之乐的人,无论在哪里都只有快乐。这就是“这个意思”的含义。这首优陀那就是宣说远离之乐威力的优陀那,他诵出了这首优陀那。巴利
Etamatthanti vivekasukhappaṭisaṃvedino yattha katthaci sukhameva hotīti etamatthaṃ sabbākārena jānitvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ vivekasukhānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,“远离是乐”说的是:被称为涅槃的依止远离,是乐。“已满足者”:因为四种道智而满足的人。“已闻法者”:法已被阐明、已被广泛传扬的人。“观察者”:用自己精进力所证得的智眼,观察那种远离,或者观察任何应当观察的事物。“无恼害”:即不瞋害的状态,以此显示慈心的前行部分。“在众生中自制”:对众生自制、不伤害的状态也是乐,这就是意思。以此显示悲心的前行部分。巴利
Tattha sukho vivekoti nibbānasaṅkhāto upadhiviveko sukho. Tuṭṭhassāti catumaggañāṇasantosena tuṭṭhassa. Sutadhammassāti pakāsitadhammassa vissutadhammassa. Passatoti taṃ vivekaṃ, yaṃ vā kiñci passitabbaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ attano vīriyabalādhigatena ñāṇacakkhunā passantassa. Abyāpajjanti akuppanabhāvo, etena mettāpubbabhāgo dassito. Pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamoti sattesu ca saṃyamo avihiṃsanabhāvo sukhoti attho. Etena karuṇāpubbabhāgo dassito.
世间离贪就是乐,意思是:即使已经离了贪的人,在世间也是快乐的。那是怎样的呢?就是所谓超越诸欲——凡是被称为超越诸欲的,即使已经离贪,也是乐,这就是它的含义。以此说明了不来道。而“我慢的调伏”这一句,则是说明了阿拉汉果。因为阿拉汉果被称为我慢的止息与调伏,从此以后再也没有别的乐了,所以说“这确实是至上之乐”。这样,这次开示就以阿拉汉果为顶点。巴利
Sukhā virāgatā loketi vigatarāgatāpi loke sukhā. Kīdisī? Kāmānaṃ samatikkamoti, yā kāmānaṃ samatikkamoti vuccati, sā vigatarāgatāpi sukhāti attho, etena anāgāmimaggo kathito. Asmimānassa yo vinayoti iminā pana arahattaṃ kathitaṃ. Arahattañhi asmimānassa paṭippassaddhivinayoti vuccati, ito parañca sukhaṃ nāma natthi, tenāha ‘‘etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha’’nti. Evaṃ arahattena desanāya kūṭaṃ gaṇhīti.
2. 《王经》的注释巴利
2. Rājasuttavaṇṇanā
12 12. 第二经中,“众多”这个词,按律藏的说法,三个人就叫“众多”,超过三个人以上就叫僧团。但按经藏的说法,三个人本身就是“众多”,三个人以上也是“众多”。所以这里也应当按经藏的方式来理解“众多”。“在集会堂”:指说法堂。因为那是如来前来说法时,比丘们为如来提供服务的场所,所以叫“集会堂”。或者说,比丘们在那里裁决戒律、讲说佛法、进行讨论,以集会的方式自然聚集的地方,那个厅堂或会堂也都叫“集会堂”。因为那里也经常设有佛座。这确实是佛陀在世时比丘们的日常行持。“聚集而坐”:指以坐的姿态聚在一起坐着的。“会集的”:指从各处前来聚集在一起的。或者说,把佛座放在面前,怀着像在导师面前一样的恭敬心,认真地坐下,这叫“聚集而坐”;因为意乐相同,彼此心意一致、很好地契合在一起,这叫“会集的”。“此”:指接下来要说的内容。“中断的话题”:指在作意业处、诵读、询问等事情中间出现的另一种话题;或者,在中午得到的善逝教诫和傍晚应当得到的听法之间发生的,所以叫中断的话题;或者,只是在沙门正行中间出现的另一种话题,所以叫中断的话题。“生起”:就是已经生起了。巴利
12. Dutiye sambahulānanti vinayapariyāyena tayo janā ‘‘sambahulā’’ti vuccanti, tato paraṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena pana tayo tayo eva, tato uddhaṃ sambahulā. Tasmā idhāpi suttantapariyāyena sambahulāti veditabbā. Upaṭṭhānasālāyanti dhammasabhāmaṇḍape. Sā hi dhammaṃ desetuṃ āgatassa tathāgatassa bhikkhūnaṃ upaṭṭhānakaraṇaṭṭhānanti ‘‘upaṭṭhānasālā’’ti vuccati. Atha vā yattha bhikkhū vinayaṃ vinicchinanti, dhammaṃ kathenti, sākacchaṃ samāpajjanti, sannipatanavasena pakatiyā upatiṭṭhanti, sā sālāpi maṇḍapopi ‘‘upaṭṭhānasālā’’tveva vuccati. Tatthāpi hi buddhāsanaṃ niccaṃ paññattameva hoti. Idañhi buddhānaṃ dharamānakāle bhikkhūnaṃ cārittaṃ. Sannisinnānanti nisajjanavasena saṅgamma nisinnānaṃ. Sannipatitānanti tato tato āgantvā sannipatanavasena sannipatitānaṃ. Atha vā buddhāsanaṃ purato katvā satthu sammukhe viya ādaruppattiyā sakkaccaṃ nisīdanavasena sannisinnānaṃ, samānajjhāsayattā aññamaññasmiṃ ajjhāsayena suṭṭhu sammā ca nipatanavasena sannipatitānaṃ. Ayanti idāni vuccamānaṃ niddisati. Antarākathāti kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā kathā, atha vā majjhanhike laddhassa sugatovādassa, sāyaṃ labhitabbassa dhammassavanassa ca antarā pavattattā antarākathā, samaṇasamācārasseva vā antarā pavattā aññā ekā kathāti antarākathā. Udapādīti uppannā.
“这两位国王中”这句话,是为了表示从二者中简别出某一方而用的属格词。
“更富有”等说法中:把埋在地下、存放着的七宝堆积等,称为他的大财富,所以叫“大富者”;在两人当中,这个人以极度富有而超出,所以叫“更富者”。“或”字表示可替换。其余几个词也是同样的道理。不过这里有差别:因为经常受用,所以拥有广大受用的人,叫“大受用者”;每天都有进账收入的大库藏属于他,所以叫“大库藏者”。另有一些人说:每天进账收入所形成的,分为宝石、精要、软质、香类等不同的所属物品,就是财富;把这些财富存放在宝库等地方,就叫库藏。
宝石有二十四种:金刚石、大蓝宝石、因陀罗蓝宝石、翡翠、琉璃、红莲宝石、黄玉、石英、碧玉、纯净石、赤红宝石、水晶、珊瑚、光耀石、牛尿石、黄牛石、芳香石、珍珠、螺宝、安阇那末罗、王带宝、甘露吉祥宝、黄宝、梵天石——这些就叫宝石。七种金属和嘎哈巴那钱币,叫精要。床座、覆盖物、衣被、象牙、石板等,叫软质。旃檀、沉香、郁金、多伽罗香、樟脑等,叫香类。其中,上文的“等”字,是以稻、麦等谷类和绿豆、黑豆等属于初熟、后熟类的谷物食品为首,凡是众生受用的物品,全都包括在内。
拥有广大的被征服国土,所以叫“大征服者”。拥有广大的象、马等乘具,所以叫“大车乘者”。拥有广大的军力和体力,所以叫“大力者”。以所愿成就为名、由福德业所生的广大神通属于他,所以叫“大神通者”。名为光辉,或名为精进、智慧、权力、势力的广大威力属于他,所以叫“大威力者”。巴利
Imesaṃ dvinnaṃ rājūnanti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. Mahaddhanataro vātiādīsu pathaviyaṃ nikhaṇitvā ṭhapitaṃ sattaratananicayasaṅkhātaṃ mahantaṃ dhanaṃ etassāti mahaddhano, dvīsu ayaṃ atisayena mahaddhanoti mahaddhanataro. Vāsaddo vikappattho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – niccaparibbayavasena mahanto bhogo etassāti mahābhogo. Devasikaṃ pavisanaāyabhūto mahanto koso etassāti mahākoso. Apare pana ‘‘devasikaṃ pavisanaāyabhūtaṃ maṇisārapheggugumbādibhedabhinnaṃ pariggahavatthu dhanaṃ, tadeva sāragabbhādīsu nihitaṃ koso’’ti vadanti. Vajiro, mahānīlo, indanīlo, marakato, veḷuriyo, padumarāgo, phussarāgo, kakketano, pulāko, vimalo, lohitaṅko , phaliko, pavāḷo, jotiraso, gomuttako, gomedako, sogandhiko, muttā, saṅkho, añjanamūlo, rājapaṭṭo, amataṃsako, piyako, brāhmaṇī cāti catubbīsati maṇi nāma. Satta lohāni kahāpaṇo ca sāro nāma. Sayanacchādanapāvuraṇagajadantasilādīni pheggu nāma. Candanāgarukuṅkumatagarakappūrādi gumbā nāma. Tattha purimena ādisaddena sālivīhiādimuggamāsādipubbaṇṇāparaṇṇabhedaṃ dhaññavikatiṃ ādiṃ katvā yaṃ sattānaṃ upabhogaparibhogabhūtaṃ vatthu, taṃ sabbaṃ saṅgayhati. Mahantaṃ vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ etassāti mahāvijito. Mahanto hatthiassādivāhano etassāti mahāvāhano. Mahantaṃ senābalañceva thāmabalañca etassāti mahabbalo. Icchitanibbattisaṅkhātā puññakammanipphannā mahatī iddhi etassāti mahiddhiko. Tejasaṅkhāto ussāhamantapabhusattisaṅkhāto vā mahanto ānubhāvo etassāti mahānubhāvo.
在这里,第一项是收入的成就,第二项是物资器具的成就,第三项是财富的成就,第四项是地方的成就,第五项是车乘的成就,第六项是自身成就加上眷属的成就,第七项是福业的成就,第八项是威光的成就——这些国王的成就就这样被说明了。因此,主人方面的成就、大臣方面的成就、军队方面的成就、国土方面的成就、财富方面的成就、友伴方面的成就、要塞方面的成就,这七种国王应当具备的天然成就,都应当理解为已经按照各自合适的方式一一说明了。巴利
Ettha ca paṭhamena āyasampadā, dutiyena vittūpakaraṇasampadā, tatiyena vibhavasampadā, catutthena janapadasampadā, pañcamena yānasampadā, chaṭṭhena parivārasampadāya saddhiṃ attasampadā, sattamena puññakammasampadā, aṭṭhamena pabhāvasampadā tesaṃ rājūnaṃ pakāsitā hoti. Tena yā sā sāmisampatti, amaccasampatti, senāsampatti, raṭṭhasampatti, vibhavasampatti, mittasampatti, duggasampattīti satta pakatisampadā rājūnaṃ icchitabbā. Tā sabbā yathārahaṃ paridīpitāti veditabbā.
以布施等四种摄事让大众欢喜,所以叫王。因为是摩揭陀人的统治者,所以叫摩揭陀王。因为拥有庞大的军队,或者因为出身于塞尼耶族,所以叫塞尼耶。bimbi 的意思是黄金,因为他肤色像精金铸成的像,所以叫频婆娑罗。不过也有人说,这只是那位国王的名字而已。因为能战胜敌方的军队,所以叫波斯匿。因为是憍萨罗国的统治者,所以叫憍萨罗。这里说的“今者”,只是一个虚词而已。“未完成”就是还没有结束。意思是,那些比丘之间尚未结束而中断的话题,就是这个。巴利
Dānādīhi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ rañjetīti rājā. Magadhānaṃ issaroti māgadho. Mahatiyā senāya samannāgatattā seniyagottattā vā seniyo. Bimbi vuccati suvaṇṇaṃ, tasmā sārabimbivaṇṇatāya bimbisāro. Keci pana ‘‘nāmamevetaṃ tassa rañño’’ti vadanti. Paccāmittaṃ parasenaṃ jinātīti pasenadi. Kosalaraṭṭhassa adhipatīti kosalo. Ayañcarahīti ettha carahīti nipātamattaṃ. Vippakatāti apariyositā. Ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā aniṭṭhitāti attho.
傍晚时分,指的是傍晚的某一个时候。从独处禅修中出来,指的是从名为独处的果定中出来,因为那时心从各种色等所缘收摄回来,到了适当的时候从定中出来。世尊在上午时分,由比丘僧团围绕,进入舍卫城,为比丘们容易获得食物而次第乞食,吃完饭、做完该做的事之后,和比丘们一起从舍卫城出来,进入精舍,站在香室前,示现威仪,对站在那里的比丘们随宜给予善逝的教诫。等那些比丘各自前往林间、树下等白天停留的地方之后,世尊进入香室,以果定之乐度过白天,到了适当的时候从定中出来,心想:“四众弟子正充满整个精舍,坐着等待我的到来,现在是我为了说法而前往法堂的时候了。”于是从座位上起来。就像兽王狮子从金色的洞窟中出来,又像醉象王走向象群,世尊身体没有轻躁,步伐优美,三十二大人相和八十随形好庄严照耀,一寻身光环绕,威仪具足,以光髻鬘为装饰,放出青、黄、赤、白、紫等六色佛光,具有不可思议的威力、无与伦比的佛威仪色身,让整个精舍成为一片光明,向集会堂走去。因此说:“那时,世尊……走向那里。”巴利
Sāyanhasamayanti sāyanhe ekaṃ samayaṃ. Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti tato tato rūpādiārammaṇato cittassa paṭisaṃharaṇato paṭisallānasaṅkhātāya phalasamāpattito yathākālaparicchedaṃ vuṭṭhito. Bhagavā hi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā bhikkhūnaṃ sulabhapiṇḍapātaṃ katvā katabhattakicco bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sāvatthito nikkhamitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā gandhakuṭippamukhe ṭhatvā vattaṃ dassetvā ṭhitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yathāsamuṭṭhitaṃ sugatovādaṃ datvā tesu araññarukkhamūlādidivāṭṭhānaṃ uddissa gatesu gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā phalasamāpattisukhena divasabhāgaṃ vītināmetvā yathākālaparicchede samāpattito vuṭṭhāya, ‘‘mayhaṃ upagamanaṃ āgamayamānā catasso parisā sakalavihāraṃ paripūrentiyo nisinnā, idāni me dhammadesanatthaṃ dhammasabhāmaṇḍalaṃ upagantuṃ kālo’’ti āsanato vuṭṭhāya, kesarasīho viya kañcanaguhāya surabhigandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā yūthaṃ upasaṅkamanto mattavaravāraṇo viya akāyacāpallena cāruvikkantagamano asītianubyañjanappaṭimaṇḍitabāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasamujjalāya byāmappabhāya parikkhepavilāsasampannāya pabhassaraketumālālaṅkatāya nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassarānaṃ vasena chabbaṇṇabuddharaṃsiyo vissajjentiyā acinteyyānubhāvāya anupamāya buddhalīlāya samannāgatāya rūpakāyasampattiyā sakalavihāraṃ ekālokaṃ kurumāno upaṭṭhānasālaṃ upasaṅkami. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā…pe… tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
世尊这样走近,示现了威仪之后,看见那些已经坐下、默然静坐的比丘,心想:“如果我不开口,这些比丘出于对佛陀的恭敬,恐怕一劫都不会说话。”为了引出话题,世尊便说:“比丘们,你们现在谈论什么……”这里“你们谈论什么”的意思是“你们在谈论哪一种话题?”也有版本读作“kāya nottha”,意思相同。还有读作“kāya nvettha”的,意思是“你们在这里谈论哪一种话题?”这段话的大意是:比丘们,你们究竟是为了什么话题而聚集坐在这里?你们因为我到来而尚未说完的话题是什么?我来把它讲完。世尊就这样以一切知者的方式作了邀请开示。巴利
Evaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vattaṃ dassetvā nisinne te bhikkhū tuṇhībhūte disvā ‘‘mayi akathente ime bhikkhū buddhagāravena kappampi na kathessantī’’ti kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tattha kāya nutthāti katamāya nu bhavatha. ‘‘Kāya notthā’’tipi pāḷi, so evattho, ‘‘kāya nvetthā’’tipi paṭhanti, tassa katamāya nu etthāti attho. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bhikkhave, katamāya nāma kathāya idha sannisinnā bhavatha, katamā ca tumhākaṃ kathā mamāgamanapaccayā aniṭṭhitā, taṃ niṭṭhāpessāmīti evaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇāya pavāresi.
“这不适当”的意思是“这确实不合适”,也有人读作“na khotaṃ”,拆开词语就是“na kho etaṃ”。“良家子”指出身好、品行端正的善男子。“由于信”指因为对业果的信、对三宝的信。“离家”指从家宅出来,也就是从在家的状态出来。“出家”指进入出家修行。“已出家者”指已经进入出家生活的人。“此”是指代动作的词。这里应当这样连起来理解:“比丘们,你们不是因为国王的惩罚,不是因为盗贼的逼迫,不是因为欠债,也不是因为生活所迫才出家,而是出于信心,离开家,在我的教法中出家。你们现在却谈论这种跟国王有关的畜生论,对你们来说,这样的谈论确实不合适,完全不应该。”巴利
Na khvetanti na kho etaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. ‘‘Na khota’’ntipi paṭhanti, na kho etaṃ icceva padavibhāgo. Kulaputtānanti jātiācārakulaputtānaṃ. Saddhāti saddhāya, kammaphalasaddhāya ratanattayasaddhāya ca. Agārasmāti gharato, gahaṭṭhabhāvāti attho. Anagāriyanti pabbajjaṃ. Pabbajitānanti upagatānaṃ . Yanti kiriyāparāmasanaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ padayojanā – ‘‘bhikkhave, tumhe neva rājābhinītā na corābhinītā na iṇaṭṭā na jīvitapakatā pabbajitā, atha kho saddhāya agārato nikkhamitvā mama sāsane pabbajitā, tumhe etarahi evarūpiṃ rājappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ katheyyātha, yaṃ evarūpāya kathāya kathanaṃ, etaṃ tumhākaṃ na kho patirūpaṃ na yuttamevā’’ti.
世尊先否定了这些出家人聚在一起时的不当做法,接着为了开许他们合适的修行方式,便说道:“比丘们,你们聚在一起时,应当做两件事:要么谈论法,要么保持圣洁的沉默。”这里“你们”就是指“你们的”。“应当做”这个词是配合后面的词来理解的,用的是表示行为主体的属格形式,所以意思是“你们应当做”。“两件事应当做”就是有两件该做的事。“谈论法”是指不偏离四圣谛的谈论,也就是开示流转与还灭的法义。因为所谓的十论事也属于法谈的一部分,所以也包括在内。“圣洁”是因为能带来究竟的利益,所以叫圣洁;或者说因为清净、殊胜,所以叫圣洁。“沉默”是指修习止与观所安住的不言语状态。不过有些人说:“因为它是语行的对立面,所以第二禅那就是圣洁的沉默。”另一些人说:“第四禅那是圣洁的沉默。”这里的意思则是:“比丘们,为了增长心的远离,你们应当安住在远离人群的空屋中。如果偶尔聚在一起,那么聚在一起时,你们应当依照‘使未闻者得闻,已闻者得清净’这样的方式,为了互相利益,谈论与五蕴等的无常等相关的法义;或者为了彼此无害,安住在禅那等至中。”巴利
Evaṃ sannipatitānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ appatirūpaṃ paṭikkhipitvā idāni nesaṃ patirūpaṃ paṭipattiṃ anujānanto ‘‘sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’ti āha. Tattha voti tumhākaṃ. Karaṇīyanti hi padaṃ apekkhitvā kattari sāmivacanametaṃ, tasmā tumhehīti attho. Dvayaṃ karaṇīyanti dve kātabbā. Dhammī kathāti catusaccadhammato anapetā kathā, pavattinivattiparidīpinī dhammadesanāti attho. Dasakathāvatthusaṅkhātāpi hi dhammakathā tadekadesā evāti. Ariyoti ekantahitāvahattā ariyo, visuddho uttamoti vā ariyo. Tuṇhībhāvoti samathavipassanābhāvanābhūtaṃ akathanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘vacīsaṅkhārapaṭipakkhabhāvato dutiyajjhānaṃ ariyo tuṇhībhāvo’’ti vadanti. Apare ‘‘catutthajjhānaṃ ariyo tuṇhībhāvo’’ti vadanti. Ayaṃ panettha attho – ‘‘bhikkhave, cittavivekassa paribrūhanatthaṃ vivekaṭṭhakāyā suññāgāre viharantā sace kadāci sannipatatha, evaṃ sannipatitehi tumhehi ‘assutaṃ sāveti sutaṃ vā pariyodapetī’ti vuttanayena aññamaññassūpakārāya khandhādīnaṃ aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttā dhammakathā vā pavattetabbā, aññamaññaṃ abyābādhanatthaṃ jhānasamāpattiyā vā viharitabba’’nti.
在这里,前面那句“应当做”的开示,是给还没进入教法的人指出进入教法的途径;后面那句,是给已经进入的人指出从轮回中解脱的途径。或者可以说,前面那句让人在教理上通达,后面那句让人在证悟上通达。又或者说,前面那句说明正见最初生起的因,后面那句说明正见随后生起的因。世尊确实这样说过——巴利
Tattha purimena karaṇīyavacanena anotiṇṇānaṃ sāsane otaraṇūpāyaṃ dasseti, pacchimena otiṇṇānaṃ saṃsārato nissaraṇūpāyaṃ. Purimena vā āgamaveyyattiye niyojeti, pacchimena adhigamaveyyattiye. Atha vā purimena sammādiṭṭhiyā paṭhamaṃ uppattihetuṃ dīpeti, dutiyena dutiyaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,有这两种因、两种缘,能让正见生起:一是从他人那里听到说法之声,二是自己内心如理作意。巴利
‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, hetū dve paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya parato ca ghoso, paccattañca yoniso manasikāro’’ti (a. ni. 2.127).
通过前者,说明世间正见的根本原因;通过后者,说明出世间正见的根本原因。应当这样来理解这里语句的关联。巴利
Purimena vā lokiyasammādiṭṭhiyā mūlakāraṇaṃ vibhāveti, pacchimena lokuttarasammādiṭṭhiyā mūlakāraṇanti evamādinā ettha yojanā veditabbā.
了知此义:世尊已经全面了知此义——比起那些比丘所称赞的欲乐成就,禅那等成就更加寂静、更加殊胜。于是,世尊说出了这首优陀那,这首彰显圣住之乐的优陀那。巴利
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti tehi bhikkhūhi kittitakāmasampattito jhānādisampatti santatarā ceva paṇītatarā cāti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ ariyavihārasukhānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,说到“欲乐即世间”时,“世间”这个词,是在“蕴世间、处世间、界世间”等说法中,用来指诸行的。巴利
Tattha yañca kāmasukhaṃ loketi lokasaddo ‘‘khandhaloko āyatanaloko dhātuloko’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 3, 7; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2) saṅkhāresu āgato.
日月运行所及之处,
各方闪耀着光明。
你的世间有一千重,
在这里,你的自在力起作用。巴利
‘‘Yāvatā candimasūriyā pariharanti, Disā bhanti virocanā; Tāva sahassadhā loko, Ettha te vattatī vaso’’ti. –
在“处所”等语境中(《中部》1.503),是指空间场所而言。在“世尊以佛眼观察世间”这类经句中(《大品》9;《中部》1.283),则是指众生而言。但在这里,应当同时理解为众生世间和器世间。因此,从无间地狱开始,向上直到梵天界以下,在这世间中,依靠事物之欲、以烦恼欲的方式生起的、与欲相应的乐;还有那种被称为天界之乐的——即在天界中,通过天住而获得的、属于梵天和人类的色界等至之乐;以及渴爱灭尽之乐——即依此而渴爱灭尽,以涅槃为所缘,由渴爱止息而现起的果等至之乐,这叫做渴爱灭尽之乐,也就是那渴爱灭尽之乐。这里是用词性错位的方式来指称,意思是“这些乐”。有些人把两种乐都笼统地当作乐来理解,读作“etaṃ”,那么按照“不值十六分之一”的经文读法来理解。巴利
Ādīsu (ma. ni. 1.503) okāse āgato. ‘‘Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 9; ma. ni. 1.283) sattesu. Idha pana sattaloke okāsaloke ca veditabbo. Tasmā avīcito paṭṭhāya upari brahmalokato heṭṭhā etasmiṃ loke yaṃ vatthukāme paṭicca kilesakāmavasena uppajjanato kāmasahagataṃ sukhaṃ. Yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhanti yañca idaṃ divi bhavaṃ dibbavihāravasena ca laddhabbaṃ brahmānaṃ manussānañca rūpasamāpattisukhaṃ. Taṇhakkhayasukhassāti yaṃ āgamma taṇhā khīyati, taṃ nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā taṇhāya ca paṭipassambhanavasena pavattaphalasamāpattisukhaṃ taṇhakkhayasukhaṃ nāma, tassa taṇhakkhayasukhassa. Eteti liṅgavipallāsena niddeso, etāni sukhānīti attho. Keci ubhayampi sukhasāmaññena gahetvā ‘‘eta’’nti paṭhanti, tesaṃ ‘‘kalaṃ nāgghatī’’ti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
“十六分之一”是指十六份里的一份。这里的意思简单说就是:先拿转轮王的快乐作起点,人间世界的一切快乐,龙界、金翅鸟界等世界里龙等众生所享受的快乐,四大王天等天界里的六种欲乐——也就是在十一种欲界中生起的欲乐;再加上色界、无色界诸天中作为天住而存在、又在色界和无色界禅那中生起的、被称为“天界”的世间禅那乐。把这两类乐合在一起,跟那叫“渴爱灭尽乐”的果等至乐相比,就算把果等至乐分成十六份,只取其中一份,世间乐也完全比不上它的十六分之一。巴利
Soḷasinti soḷasannaṃ pūraṇiṃ. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – cakkavattisukhaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbasmiṃ manussaloke manussasukhaṃ, nāgasupaṇṇādiloke nāgādīhi anubhavitabbaṃ sukhaṃ, cātumahārājikādidevaloke chabbidhaṃ kāmasukhanti yaṃ ekādasavidhe kāmaloke uppajjantaṃ kāmasukhaṃ, yañca idaṃ rūpārūpadevesu dibbavihārabhūtesu rūpārūpajjhānesu ca uppannattā ‘‘diviya’’nti laddhanāmaṃ lokiyajjhānasukhaṃ, sakalampi tadubhayaṃ taṇhakkhayasukhasaṅkhātaṃ phalasamāpattisukhaṃ soḷasa bhāge katvā tato ekabhāgaṃ soḷasabhāgaguṇe laddhaṃ ekabhāgasaṅkhātaṃ kalaṃ na agghatīti.
这段义释是依果等至的共同性来说的。因为经文中没有加以区分,直接说到渴爱灭尽,所以即使是初果等至的乐,世间的乐也根本比不上它的十六分之一。正如经中所说:巴利
Ayañca atthavaṇṇanā phalasamāpattisāmaññena vuttā. Pāḷiyaṃ avisesena taṇhakkhayassa āgatattā paṭhamaphalasamāpattisukhassāpi kalaṃ lokiyaṃ na agghati eva. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
比起统治整个大地,或者往生天界,
就算能主宰整个世间,也不如证得入流果这么殊胜。巴利
‘‘Pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā; Sabbalokādhipaccena, sotāpattiphalaṃ vara’’nti. (dha. pa. 178);
在《入流相应》里也这样说过:巴利
Sotāpattisaṃyuttepi vuttaṃ –
比丘们,就算一个转轮王统治了四大洲,掌握主权和王位,死后身体坏灭,投生到善趣的天界,和三十三天的天神们同住一处;他在那里的欢喜园中,被天女众围绕,拥有并享受五种天界的欲乐,但他不具备四种法。所以他仍然没有解脱地狱,没有解脱畜生道,没有解脱饿鬼界,没有解脱恶趣、苦处和堕落之处。比丘们,反过来,一位圣弟子就算只靠一口一口乞来的食物活命,只穿破布衣,只要他具备四种法,他就解脱了地狱,解脱了畜生道,解脱了饿鬼界,解脱了恶趣、苦处和堕落之处。巴利
‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato. Atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā, aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā, aparimutto pettivisayā, aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā, parimutto tiracchānayoniyā, parimutto pettivisayā, parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
是哪四种呢?比丘们,在这里,圣弟子对佛具备不动净信:“这位世尊确实是阿罗汉……乃至……是佛、世尊。”对法具备不动净信:“……乃至……能被智者亲自证知。”对僧伽具备不动净信:“……乃至……是世间的无上福田。”他具备圣者所喜爱的戒,这些戒没有破损……乃至……能导向禅定。他就具备这四种法。比丘们,获得四大洲,和获得这四种法相比,获得四大洲的价值还不到获得这四种法的十六分之一。巴利
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe... buddho bhagavā’ti. Dhamme aveccappasādena…pe… viññūhī’ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena…pe… puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. Yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasi’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.997).
世尊就这样在一切处把世间乐说成是有上的、有更殊胜的,只有出世间乐才是无上的,是最殊胜的。巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbattha lokiyasukhaṃ sauttaraṃ sātisayaṃ, lokuttarasukhameva anuttaranti atisayanti bhājesīti.
第三 杖经义注巴利
3. Daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā
13 在第三经中,“童子”就是指小男孩们。至于“在舍卫城和祇园之间”里的“之间”这个词:在“这中间谁能知道,除了如来”(《增支部》6.44;10.75)、“人们聚在一起商议,你和我之间有什么事”(《相应部》1.228)这类句子里,它表示原因;在“尊者,有个女人在闪电的间隙里洗器皿时看见了我”(《中部》2.149)这类句子里,它表示刹那;在“若人心中没有忿怒”(《自说》20)这类句子里,它表示心;在“中途就停止了”这类句子里,它表示中途;在“比丘们,这条多波陀河从两个大地狱的缝隙间流过来”(《律藏·波罗夷》231)这类句子里,它表示缝隙。在这里也应当理解为缝隙。所以,意思就是“在舍卫城和祇园之间的缝隙处”,这里应当这样理解。另外,由于和“之间”这个词搭配,这里用了宾格形式:“在舍卫城和祇园之间”。在类似的地方,文法家们像“在村庄和河流之间行走”那样,只用一个“之间”,它也要和第二个词搭配;但这里是把两者连接起来一起说的。巴利
13. Tatiye kumārakāti dārakā. Antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavananti antarāsaddo ‘‘tadantaraṃ ko jāneyya, aññatra tathāgatā’’ti (a. ni. 6.44; 10.75), ‘‘janā saṅgamma mantenti, mañca tvañca kimantara’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.228) kāraṇe āgato. ‘‘Addasā maṃ, bhante, aññatarā itthī vijjantarikāya bhājanaṃ dhovantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) khaṇe. ‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā. 20) citte. ‘‘Antarā vosānamāpādī’’tiādīsu vemajjhe. ‘‘Apicāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 231) vivare . Svāyamidhāpi vivare veditabbo. Tasmā sāvatthiyā ca jetavanassa ca vivareti, evamettha attho veditabbo. Antarāsaddayogato cettha upayogavacanaṃ ‘‘antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavana’’nti. Īdisesu ṭhānesu akkharacintakā ‘‘antarā gāmañca nadiñca gacchatī’’ti ekameva antarāsaddaṃ payujjanti, so dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti. Idha pana yojetvā vutto.
“用棍子打蛇”说的是:一条黑蛇从洞里爬出来,为了觅食而外出游走,那些男孩跟在它后面,用棍子打它。那时,世尊正要去舍卫城乞食,在半路上看见那些男孩用棍子打蛇,就问:“孩子们,你们为什么用棍子打这条蛇?”他们回答:“尊者,因为怕被它咬。”世尊听了,心里想:“这些人为了自己得乐而打这条蛇,却会在投生的地方遭受痛苦。唉,无明的欺诈伎俩真是巧妙!”于是生起了对法的悚惧感。正是凭着这份对法的悚惧,他说出了优陀那。因此经文说:“那时,世尊……”等等。巴利
Ahiṃ daṇḍena hanantīti bilato nikkhamitvā gocarāya gacchantaṃ kaṇhasappaṃ chātajjhattaṃ anubandhitvā yaṭṭhīhi pothenti. Tena ca samayena bhagavā sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya gacchanto antarāmagge te dārake ahiṃ daṇḍena hanante disvā ‘‘kasmā kumārakā imaṃ ahiṃ daṇḍena hanathā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘ḍaṃsanabhayena, bhante’’ti ca vutte ‘‘ime attano sukhaṃ karissāmāti imaṃ paharantā nibbattaṭṭhāne dukkhaṃ anubhavissanti, aho avijjāya nikatikosalla’’nti dhammasaṃvegaṃ uppādesi. Teneva ca dhammasaṃvegena udānaṃ udānesi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā’’tiādi.
在这里,“了知此义后”的意思是:有些人这样解释——世尊明白了“这些男孩为了自己的快乐而让别人受苦,他们自己今生和来世都得不到快乐”这个道理。另一些人的解释是:不善行的人追求快乐,将来会招致痛苦;善行的人追求快乐,则一定会得到快乐。因此他们说:“那些远离伤害他人、能够完全获得快乐的人,确实是我教导的随行者啊!”世尊正是以这种喜悦而诵出了这段优陀那。还有一些人则说:“世尊是这样全面看清了那些男孩伤害他人的过患之后,为了依次说明伤害他人的过患和怜悯他人的功德,才诵出了这段优陀那。”巴利
Tattha etamatthaṃ viditvāti ‘‘ime dārakā attasukhāya paradukkhaṃ karontā sayaṃ parattha sukhaṃ na labhissantī’’ti etamatthaṃ jānitvāti evameke vaṇṇenti. Aññesaṃ duppaṭipannānaṃ sukhapariyesanaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhāya saṃvattati, suppaṭipannānaṃ ekantena sukhāya saṃvattati. Tasmā ‘‘paravihesāvinimuttā accantameva sukhabhāgino vata mayhaṃ ovādappaṭikarā’’ti somanassavasenevetampi satthā udānaṃ udānesīti vadanti. Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘evaṃ tehi kumārakehi pavattitaṃ paraviheṭhanaṃ sabbākārena ādīnavato viditvā paravihesāya parānukampāya ca yathākkamaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsavibhāvanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesī’’ti.
这里,“乐于安乐”的意思是:因为一心只想要自己快乐,所以贪恋快乐。“诸有情”就是指众生。“若有人用杖去伤害”:这里的“用杖”只是一种说法,实际意思是用棍棒,或者用土块、刀、手掌等去打。另一种解释是,“用杖”就是指用惩罚。这段话要表达的是:如果有人为了自己的快乐,用各种“杖”去伤害、折磨一切乐于安乐的众生——比如用言语去伤害,像拿对方的出身等来轻蔑嘲讽;用身体去伤害,像用手、木槌、刀等去捶打、殴打、砍斫;用财物去伤害,像扣押别人一百钱、一千钱——用这些“杖”中的任何一种去伤害、折磨、让人受苦,那么这个人虽然是在追求自己的快乐,死后却得不到快乐。也就是说,这个寻求、追寻、渴望自己快乐的人,死后在来世,无论是人间的快乐、天上的快乐,还是涅槃的快乐,这三种快乐他都得不到。相反,他只会因为那种杖而得到痛苦。巴利
Tattha sukhakāmānīti ekanteneva attano sukhassa icchanato sukhānugiddhāni. Bhūtānīti pāṇino. Yo daṇḍena vihiṃsatīti ettha daṇḍenāti desanāmattaṃ, daṇḍena vā leḍḍusatthapāṇippahārādīhi vāti attho. Atha vā daṇḍenāti daṇḍanena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo sukhakāmāni sabbabhūtāni jātiādinā ghaṭṭanavasena vacīdaṇḍena vā pāṇimuggarasatthādīhi pothanatāḷanacchedanādivasena sarīradaṇḍena vā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā ṭhāpanavasena dhanadaṇḍena vāti imesu daṇḍesu yena kenaci daṇḍena vihiṃsati viheṭheti dukkhaṃ pāpeti, attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhanti so puggalo attano sukhaṃ esanto gavesanto patthento pecca paraloke manussasukhaṃ dibbasukhaṃ nibbānasukhanti tividhampi sukhaṃ na labhati, aññadatthu tena daṇḍena dukkhameva labhatīti attho.
一个人如果具备忍耐、慈爱和悲悯,心里这样想:“就像我自己想要快乐、讨厌痛苦一样,一切众生也都是这样。”然后他安住在遇缘离等善行中,按照前面所说的方式,不用任何棍棒之类的东西去伤害、侵扰任何众生。那么这个人死后,如果投生为人,就得到人间的快乐;如果投生为天,就得到天上的快乐;超越这两种之后,就得到涅槃的快乐。这里用“得到”这个词,是为了表明那种快乐对这样的人来说一定会实现,就好像已经出现在眼前一样。前一首偈颂的解释也是同样的道理。巴利
Pecca so labhate sukhanti yo khantimettānuddayasampanno ‘‘yathāhaṃ sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo, evaṃ sabbepī’’ti cintetvā sampattaviratiādīsu ṭhito vuttanayena kenaci daṇḍena sabbānipi bhūtāni na hiṃsati na bādhati, so puggalo paraloke manussabhūto manussasukhaṃ, devabhūto dibbasukhaṃ, ubhayaṃ atikkamanto nibbānasukhaṃ labhatīti. Ettha ca tādisassa puggalassa avassaṃbhāvitāya taṃ sukhaṃ paccuppannaṃ viya hotīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘labhate’’ti vuttaṃ. Purimagāthāyapi eseva nayo.
第四 恭敬经的注释巴利
4. Sakkārasuttavaṇṇanā
14 第十四段:关于“那时,世尊受到恭敬”这句话——世尊在四大阿僧祇劫又十万劫那么漫长的时间里,圆满了殊胜的福德资粮;这份资粮成熟后的果报,就像在说“从今往后,我再也没有机会了”,又像是因奋发而涌起、不断增长一样,世尊因此受到恭敬、供养等种种礼遇。就像四面八方同时升起成对的巨大雨云,降下滔天洪水一般,世尊的一切波罗蜜仿佛为了在一生中集中展现果报而汇聚在一起,为他带来了利养与恭敬的巨大洪流。于是,刹帝利、婆罗门等人手里拿着食物、饮料、衣服、车乘、花环、香料、涂香等供品,纷纷赶来,到处寻找世尊,问:“佛陀在哪里?世尊在哪里?天中天在哪里?人牛王在哪里?人中狮子在哪里?”他们用上百辆车运来各种资具,却始终找不到供养的机会,于是车轴顶着车轴,挤在一俱卢舍的范围内停着,还一路跟随着世尊,就像安达卡温达的婆罗门等人那样。这些情况,都应当依照《犍度》(大品282)以及各部经典中所记载的方式来理解。不只是世尊,比丘僧团也同样受到恭敬。经中就是这样说的——巴利
14. Catutthe tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hotīti kappānaṃ satasahassādhikesu catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu paripūritassa puññasambhāravisesassa phalabhūtena ‘‘ito paraṃ mayhaṃ okāso natthī’’ti ussahajātena viya uparūpari vaḍḍhamānena sakkārādinā bhagavā sakkato hoti. Sabbadisāsu hi yamakamahāmegho vuṭṭhahitvā mahoghaṃ viya sabbapāramiyo ‘‘ekasmiṃ attabhāve vipākaṃ dassāmā’’ti sampiṇḍitā viya bhagavato lābhasakkāramahoghaṃ nibbattayiṃsu. Tato annapānavatthayānamālāgandhavilepanādihatthā khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo āgantvā ‘‘kahaṃ buddho, kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ devadevo, kahaṃ narāsabho, kahaṃ purisasīho’’ti bhagavantaṃ pariyesanti. Sakaṭasatehi paccaye āharitvā okāsaṃ alabhamānā samantā gāvutappamāṇepi sakaṭadhurena sakaṭadhuraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhanti ceva anubandhanti ca andhakavindabrāhmaṇādayo viya. Sabbaṃ taṃ khandhake (mahāva. 282) tesu tesu ca suttesu āgatanayena veditabbaṃ. Yathā ca bhagavato, evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
准陀,如今在这世间出现的僧团或团体当中,我看不到有其他任何一个僧团,能像这个比丘僧团一样,达到利养和称誉的顶峰。巴利
‘‘Yāvatā kho, cunda, etarahi saṅghā vā gaṇā vā loke uppannā, nāhaṃ, cunda, aññaṃ ekasaṅghampi samanupassāmi evaṃ lābhaggayasaggappattaṃ, yatharivāyaṃ, cunda, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti (dī. ni. 3.176).
世尊和比丘僧团所得到的利养与恭敬,汇合在一起,就像两条大河的流水一样,多得无法衡量。因此经中这样说:那时,世尊受到恭敬……中略……资具;比丘僧团也受到恭敬……中略……资具。巴利
Svāyaṃ bhagavato ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uppanno lābhasakkāro ekato hutvā dvinnaṃ mahānadīnaṃ udakogho viya appameyyo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti…pe… parikkhārānaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti.
那些外道呢,因为过去生没积攒福德,加上修行方式不正确,本来就不受人恭敬尊重;佛陀出世之后,他们更是彻底失去了光彩——就像太阳升起时的萤火虫一样,光芒和威势全没了,利养和恭敬也都丢光了。他们受不了世尊和僧团得到这样的利养恭敬,心里又嫉妒又怨恨,盘算着:“我们就用粗恶的话去攻击他们,把他们赶走。”于是他们满心嫉妒,口出恶言,到处游走,走到哪里就辱骂、毁谤比丘。所以经里这样说:“那些外道游方者不受恭敬……中略……资具。那时候,那些外道游方者受不了世尊和比丘僧团得到的恭敬,在村落或树林里看见比丘,就用卑鄙粗恶的话辱骂、毁谤、激怒、恼害他们。”巴利
Titthiyā pana pubbe akatapuññatāya ca duppaṭipannatāya ca asakkatā agarukatā, buddhuppādena pana visesato vipannasobhā sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya nippabhā nittejā hatalābhasakkārā ahesuṃ. Te tādisaṃ bhagavato saṅghassa ca lābhasakkāraṃ asahamānā issāpakatā ‘‘evaṃ ime pharusāhi vācāhi ghaṭṭetvāva palāpessāmā’’ti usūyā visuggāraṃ uggirantā tattha tattha bhikkhū akkosantā paribhāsantā vicariṃsu . Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti…pe… parikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gāme ca araññe ca bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesentī’’ti.
在这里,“粗鄙的”是指那些不适合在善士聚集的场合中说的话,意思是粗秽之语。“粗恶的”是指粗硬、像刺入要害一样的话。“辱骂”是指用出身等事由来羞辱对方。“毁谤”是指借争吵来让人害怕,从而威胁对方。“激怒”是指为了让对方生起嗔怒,用挑衅的方式激起他的怒火。“恼害”就是扰乱,用种种方式让对方感到不安。巴利
Tattha asabbhāhīti asabhāyoggāhi sabhāyaṃ sādhujanasamūhe vattuṃ ayuttāhi, duṭṭhullāhīti attho. Pharusāhīti kakkhaḷāhi mammacchedikāhi. Akkosantīti jātiādīhi akkosavatthūhi khuṃsenti. Paribhāsantīti bhaṇḍanavasena bhayaṃ uppādentā tajjenti. Rosentīti yathā parassa roso hoti, evaṃ anuddhaṃsanavasena rosaṃ uppādenti. Vihesentīti viheṭhenti, vividhehi ākārehi aphāsuṃ karonti.
那么,他们又是怎么对这位处处令人净信的世尊和比丘僧团做出辱骂等行为的呢?因为世尊出世后,他们失去了利养和恭敬,心里受到打击,就像挖地反而自己滑倒,又像在无瑕的琉璃宝珠上弄出瑕疵一样。他们唆使一个名叫孙陀利的游方女,让她去毁谤大师和比丘们,然后就做出了辱骂等行为。不过,这整个孙陀利事件,后面在《孙陀利经》里会在巴利原文中出现,所以这里该说明的内容,我们就在那里解释。巴利
Kathaṃ panete samantapāsādike bhagavati bhikkhusaṅghe ca akkosādīni pavattesunti? Bhagavato uppādato pahīnalābhasakkāratāya upahatacittā pathaviṃ khaṇitvā pakkhalantā viya avaṇe veḷuriyamaṇimhi vaṇaṃ uppādentā viya ca sundarikaṃ nāma paribbājikaṃ saññāpetvā tāya satthu bhikkhūnañca avaṇṇaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā akkosādīni pavattesuṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ sundarīvatthu parato sundarīsutte (udā. 38) pāḷiyaṃyeva āgamissati, tasmā yamettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ tattheva vaṇṇayissāma.
比丘们来到世尊跟前,把这件事禀告了世尊。因此经中这样说:“那时,众多比丘前往世尊所在之处……恼害。”这里说的就是这个意思。巴利
Bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pavattimārocesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu…pe… vihesentī’’ti. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
了知此义之后,就是说,从各个方面彻底看清了那些被嫉妒心打败的外道们的错误行为之后。而说此优陀那,就是说,宣说了这首优陀那,用来表明他们所做的那些恶行,以及其他人以清净信心所做的善行,彰显出如是功德的威力。巴利
Etamatthaṃviditvāti etaṃ issāpakatānaṃ titthiyānaṃ vippaṭipattiṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ tehi kate vippakāre pasannacittehi ca parehi kate upakāre tādibhāvānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,无论住在村里还是住在林中,被快乐和痛苦所触,就是指不管在村落还是山林,无论在什么地方,被快乐和痛苦接触、正在体验快乐和痛苦,或者具足了产生那些快乐和痛苦的种种条件。不应从自己这边也不应从别人那边去执取,意思是不该这样想:“我快乐了,我痛苦了,这是我的快乐,这是我的痛苦,这快乐和痛苦是别人给我造成的”,不该把这快乐和痛苦安立为来自自己或来自别人。为什么?因为在这五蕴聚合当中,根本找不到任何可以看作“我”“我的”“别人”或“别人的东西”的实体,纯粹只是种种行依各自的条件生起,又在每一刹那坏灭。这里举出快乐和痛苦,只是说法的一个切入点,实际上应当依一切世间法来理解这个道理。世尊就这样阐明了四重空性:“我不在任何地方属于任何人,任何地方也没有任何东西属于我。”巴利
Tattha gāme araññe sukhadukkhaphuṭṭhoti gāme vā araññe vā yattha katthaci sukhena dukkhena ca phuṭṭho sukhadukkhāni anubhavanto, tesaṃ vā paccayehi samaṅgībhūto. Nevattato no parato dahethāti ‘‘ahaṃ sukhito , ahaṃ dukkhito, mama sukhaṃ, mama dukkhaṃ, parenidaṃ mayhaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ uppādita’’nti ca neva attato na parato taṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ṭhapetha. Kasmā? Na hettha khandhapañcake ahanti vā mamanti vā paroti vā parassāti vā passitabbayuttakaṃ kiñci atthi, kevalaṃ saṅkhārā eva pana yathāpaccayaṃ uppajjitvā khaṇe khaṇe bhijjantīti. Sukhadukkhaggahaṇañcettha desanāsīsaṃ, sabbassāpi lokadhammassa vasena attho veditabbo. Iti bhagavā ‘‘nāhaṃ kvacani, kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ, na ca mama kvacani, katthaci kiñcanatatthī’’ti catukoṭikaṃ suññataṃ vibhāvesi.
现在,为了说明他不把它执为我、也不把它执为外在之物的理由,经文说:“诸触依于所依而触。”这些被称为可感受乐、可感受苦的触,是依于被称为五蕴的所依;当所依存在时,它们就各自触到自己的对象,并在那里生起活动。而不苦不乐受,因为其本性是寂静的,所以还是归入乐受之中。因此,这段义注只是依据两种触来作解释。巴利
Idāni tassa attato parato ca adahanassa kāraṇaṃ dasseti ‘‘phusanti phassā upadhiṃ paṭiccā’’ti. Ete sukhavedanīyā dukkhavedanīyā ca phassā nāma khandhapañcakasaṅkhātaṃ upadhiṃ paṭicca tasmiṃ sati yathāsakaṃ visayaṃ phusanti, tattha pavattantiyeva. Adukkhamasukhā hi vedanā santasabhāvatāya sukhe eva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti duvidhasamphassavasenevāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā katā.
那么,为了说明那些触是怎样不触的,才说了“没有依著时,触还能靠什么去触呢?”确实,当五蕴这个依著完全不存在时,那些触还能靠什么原因去触呢?根本不存在那样的原因。如果你们不希望因为辱骂等而生起乐受和苦受,就应该彻底努力达到无依著的状态。世尊以此把偈颂归结到无余涅槃界作为结束。就这样,这段优陀那说明了流转与还灭。巴利
Yathā pana te phassā na phusanti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘nirupadhiṃ kena phuseyyuṃ phassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Sabbaso hi khandhūpadhiyā asati kena kāraṇena te phassā phuseyyuṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ atthi. Yadi hi tumhe akkosādivasena uppajjanasukhadukkhaṃ na icchatha, sabbaso nirupadhibhāveyeva yogaṃ kareyyāthāti anupādisesanibbānadhātuyā gāthaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Evaṃ iminā udānena vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.
第五 近事男经的注释巴利
5. Upāsakasuttavaṇṇanā
15 第五经中,“伊车能伽罗”是憍萨罗国里一个叫伊车能伽罗的婆罗门村。因为住在那里,或者出生在那里,所以叫“伊车能伽罗人”。“近事男”:因为他通过三皈依在世尊面前表明了自己近事男的身份,受持五学处,以佛为依靠、以法为依靠、以僧为依靠,所以叫近事男。“因为某件该办的事”:指为了取款、清洗之类某件需要处理的事情。“办完之后”:就是完成之后。据说这位近事男以前经常来亲近、侍奉世尊,但有一段时间因为事情太多,没能来见世尊。所以世尊说:“近事男,你这次来,可是隔了很久啊。”巴利
15. Pañcame icchānaṅgalakoti icchānaṅgalanāmako kosalesu eko brāhmaṇagāmo, taṃnivāsitāya tattha vā jāto bhavoti vā icchānaṅgalako. Upāsakoti tīhi saraṇagamanehi bhagavato santike upāsakabhāvassa paveditattā upāsako pañcasikkhāpadiko buddhamāmako, dhammamāmako, saṅghamāmako. Kenacideva karaṇīyenāti uddhārasodhāpanādinā kenacideva kattabbena. Tīretvāti niṭṭhāpetvā. Ayaṃ kira upāsako pubbe abhiṇhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā payirupāsati, so katipayaṃ kālaṃ bahukaraṇīyatāya satthu dassanaṃ nābhisambhosi. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘cirassaṃ kho tvaṃ, upāsaka, imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṃ idhāgamanāyā’’ti.
在这里,“经过很久”就是经过很长时间。“机会”就是一次。“yadidaṃ”是虚词,意思是“这个”。这里说的是:今天为了到我面前来而作的这个安排,是你经过很长时间拖延之后才做成的。“久有此心”是说我从很久以前就一直想来亲近,这是前后关联。“被种种事情”就是被一件又一件事情,或者说是被种种事情。这里显示的是恭敬。因为对导师有虔诚信仰的人,就像热衷于见导师、听正法一样,不会对别的事那么上心。在“应办之事”中,必须做的事叫“义务”,其余的叫“应作之事”。或者,先该做的叫“义务”,后该做的叫“应作之事”。又或者,小事叫“义务”,大事叫“应作之事”。“忙碌”就是忙于事务。“我如此”的意思是:我因为这样才没能前来亲近,并不是因为不恭敬。巴利
Tattha cirassanti cirena. Pariyāyanti vāraṃ. Yadidanti nipāto, yo ayanti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – idha mama santike āgamanāya yo ayaṃ ajja kato vāro, taṃ imaṃ cirena papañcaṃ katvā akāsīti. Cirapaṭikāhanti cirapaṭiko ahaṃ, cirakālato paṭṭhāya ahaṃ upasaṅkamitukāmoti sambandho. Kehici kehicīti ekaccehi ekaccehi. Atha vā kehici kehicīti yehi vā tehi vā. Tattha gāravaṃ dasseti. Satthari abhippasannassa hi satthudassanadhammassavanesu viya na aññattha ādaro hoti. Kiccakaraṇīyehīti ettha avassaṃ kātabbaṃ kiccaṃ, itaraṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kiccaṃ, pacchā kātabbaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Khuddakaṃ vā kiccaṃ, mahantaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Byāvaṭoti ussukko. Evāhanti evaṃ iminā pakārena ahaṃ nāsakkhiṃ upasaṅkamituṃ, na agāravādināti adhippāyo.
“了知此义”是指:在佛陀出世难得、获得人身也难得的情况下,众生因为有所执著、忙于各种事务,所以障碍了善法;而没有执著的人则不会有这种障碍——他以一切方式彻底了知了这个道理。“这首优陀那”是指:他宣说了这首正好阐明该义的优陀那。巴利
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti dullabhe buddhuppāde manussattalābhe ca sattānaṃ sakiñcanabhāvena kiccapasutatāya kusalantarāyo hoti, na akiñcanassāti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti tadatthaparidīpanameva imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,“确实快乐啊,对那个人来说,任何东西都不存在”的意思是:对那个人来说,在色等一切事物中,哪怕只有一样东西,都不被渴爱执取为“这是我的”,因此不存在、没有、找不到,那么对这个人来说,确实有快乐——啊,真的只有快乐!也有写成“na hosī”的版本,这个写法要按过去时来理解。不过有些人把“na hoti kiñci”解释成“没有贪等任何系著”,这种解释并不好,因为这段教导是就所执取的事物来说的。如果把贪等系著也纳入所应执取的范围内,那样说倒还说得通;或者也可以这样理解:对那个人来说,哪怕一丁点会成为障碍的系著,也因为贪等系著根本不存在而不存在,他这种无系著的状态就是快乐的因缘,所以说“确实是快乐,啊,真是快乐”。那么,是什么样的人没有系著呢?回答说:“已了知法者、多闻者。”也就是由四种道与十六种作用完全成就,成为已了知法、所作已办的人,并因此以证悟的多闻而成为多闻者——就是这个人。巴利
Tattha sukhaṃ vata tassa na hoti kiñcīti yassa puggalassa kiñci rūpādīsu ekavatthumpi ‘‘mameta’’nti taṇhāya pariggahitabhāvena na hoti natthi na vijjati, sukhaṃ vata tassa puggalassa, aho sukhamevāti attho. ‘‘Na hosī’’tipi pāṭho, tassa atītakālavasena attho veditabbo. Keci pana na hoti kiñcīti padassa ‘‘rāgādikiñcanaṃ yassa na hotī’’ti atthaṃ vaṇṇenti, taṃ na sundaraṃ pariggahadhammavasena desanāya āgatattā. Rāgādikiñcananti pariggahetabbassāpi saṅgahe sati yuttameva vuttaṃ siyā atha vā yassa puggalassa kiñci appampi kiñcanaṃ palibodhajātaṃ rāgādikiñcanābhāvato eva na hoti, taṃ tassa akiñcanattaṃ sukhassa paccayabhāvato sukhaṃ vataṃ, aho sukhanti attho. Kassa pana na hoti kiñcananti ce, āha ‘‘saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassā’’ti. Yo catūhipi maggasaṅkhāhi soḷasakiccanipphattiyā saṅkhātadhammo katakicco, tato eva paṭivedhabāhusaccena bahussuto, tassa.
世尊这样先显示了无牵挂状态的功德,接着为了显示有牵挂状态的过患,才说了“看那有牵挂的人”等话。它的意思是:由于贪等牵挂和物质牵挂的存在,所以叫“有牵挂”;正因为有牵挂,为了寻求和守护还没得到的和已经得到的欲乐,以应做的事和“我、我的”这种执取的方式,正在被折磨、正在陷入苦恼——导师生起了对法的悚惧感,这样对自己的心说:你看吧。“人对人成了系缚相”的意思是:自己明明只是一个人,却对另一个人,因为渴爱而有“我是他的,他是我的”这种系缚的本性,于是被折磨、陷入苦恼。也有读作“心被系缚”的。而这个义理——巴利
Iti bhagavā akiñcanabhāve ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā sakiñcanabhāve ādīnavaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sakiñcanaṃ passā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – rāgādikiñcanānaṃ āmisakiñcanānañca atthitāya sakiñcanaṃ, sakiñcanattā eva aladdhānañca laddhānañca kāmānaṃ pariyesanārakkhaṇahetu kiccakaraṇīyavasena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gahaṇavasena ca vihaññamānaṃ vighātaṃ āpajjamānaṃ passāti dhammasaṃvegappatto satthā attano cittaṃ vadati. Jano janasmiṃ paṭibandharūpoti sayaṃ añño jano samāno aññasmiṃ jane ‘‘ahaṃ imassa, mama aya’’nti taṇhāvasena paṭibandhasabhāvo hutvā vihaññati vighātaṃ āpajjati. ‘‘Paṭibaddhacitto’’tipi pāṭho. Ayañca attho –
“我有儿子,我有财富”,愚人就这样被折磨。
连自己都不属于自己,哪来的儿子?哪来的财富?巴利
‘‘Puttā matthi dhanammatthi, iti bālo vihaññati; Attā hi attano natthi, kuto puttā kuto dhana’’nti. (dha. pa. 62) –
应当用这些开头的经文来阐明。巴利
Ādīhi suttapadehi dīpetabboti.
第六部《孕妇经》的注释巴利
6. Gabbhinīsuttavaṇṇanā
16 第六经中,“某位游方者”是指一位有家业的游方者。“年轻”指少女。“少女”是对婆罗门女儿的称呼。“妻子”就是妻子。“怀孕”指已经怀了胎。“临盆在即”意思是今天或明天就到生产的时候了——这是前后文的关联。据说这位游方者出身婆罗门种姓,和妻子一起住在苦行林里,所以人们就用“游方者”这个称呼来叫他们夫妻俩。但他的妻子因为是婆罗门出身,就管他叫“婆罗门”。“油”指芝麻油。这里用“油”等物作代表,是说他吩咐道:凡是已分娩者为缓解产后痛苦所需要的一切,诸如酥油、盐等物,都取来吧。“凡是我分娩时将会有的”意思是:凡是油等物,对我分娩、胎儿已经出来之后会有帮助的。“游方女”也是一种文本。“从哪儿”就是从何处,即从哪个亲族之家或朋友之家能取来油等物,我并无这样的地方——这是其意趣。“我取油来”是因为动作正在进行、接近现在,所以用现在时来说,意思是“我将取油来”。“沙门或婆罗门,或酥油或油”中的“或”字是集合义,如“从火或从水或从裂缝”等处的用法一样。“或酥油或油”是属格表示所属,意思是酥油和油,随需要而给饮、给喝。另有一些人说:“‘或酥油或油’是属格表示部分与整体的关系。因为酥油和油这一集合体的部分,在这里用‘随需要’一词来表示。” “不给带出”是不许以器皿或以手携带外出。“呕吐后”是吐出之后。“不如我给他吧”是前后文的关联。据说他心里这样想:“我到了国王的仓库,喝下一口油,就立刻回家,在一个器皿里把喝下的吐出来,放到炉子上煮,凡是混有胆汁、痰等物的,都会被火烧掉,而油则取出来,给这位游方女办事用。”巴利
16. Chaṭṭhe aññatarassa paribbājakassāti ekassa kuṭumbikassa paribbājakassa. Daharāti taruṇī. Māṇavikāti brāhmaṇadhītāya vohāro. Pajāpatīti bhariyā. Gabbhinīti āpannasattā. Upavijaññāti ajja suveti paccupaṭṭhitavijāyanakālā hotīti sambandho. So kira brāhmaṇajātiko sabhariyo vādapatthassame ṭhito, tena naṃ sapajāpatikaṃ paribbājakavohārena samudācaranti. Bhariyā panassa brāhmaṇajātikattā brāhmaṇāti ālapati. Telanti tilatelaṃ. Telasīsena cettha yaṃ yaṃ vijātāya pasavadukkhappaṭikāratthaṃ icchitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ sappiloṇādiṃ āharāti āṇāpeti. Yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissatīti yaṃ telādi mayhaṃ vijātāya bahinikkhantagabbhāya upakārāya bhavissati. ‘‘Paribbājikāyā’’tipi pāṭho. Kutoti kasmā ṭhānā, yato ñātikulā vā mittakulā vā telādiṃ āhareyyaṃ, taṃ ṭhānaṃ me natthīti adhippāyo. Telaṃāharāmīti vattamānasamīpatāya vattamānaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, telaṃ āharissāmīti attho. Samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sappissa vā telassa vāti ca samuccayattho vā-saddo ‘‘aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 286; dī. ni. 2.152; udā. 76) viya. Sappissa vā telassa vāti paccatte sāmivacanaṃ, sappi ca telañca yāvadatthaṃ pātuṃ pivituṃ dīyatīti attho. Apare pana ‘‘sappissa vā telassa vāti avayavasambandhe sāmivacanaṃ. Sappitelasamudāyassa hi avayavo idha yāvadatthasaddena vuccatī’’ti vadanti. No nīharitunti bhājanena vā hatthena vā bahi netuṃ no dīyati, ucchadditvānāti vamitvā, yaṃnūna dadeyyanti sambandho. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ‘‘ahaṃ rañño koṭṭhāgāraṃ gantvā telaṃ kaṇṭhamattaṃ pivitvā tāvadeva gharaṃ āgantvā ekasmiṃ bhājane yathāpītaṃ vamitvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā pacissāmi, yaṃ pittasemhādimissitaṃ, taṃ agginā jhāyissati, telaṃ pana gahetvā imissā paribbājikāya kamme upanessāmī’’ti.
“向上排出”是指用呕吐的方式从上面排出去。“却没法向下”是指用排泄的方式从下面排出去,他却做不到。因为他心里想的是:“多喝下去的那些东西,它自己会从嘴里流出来的。”于是他喝了。可是胃里空空的,东西出不来,他又不懂得把催吐和通便两种方法配合起来用,或者只是被种种痛苦的感受所触到,就翻来覆去,辗转不安。“苦”是指痛苦的感受。“剧烈”是指粗重的、尖锐的感受。“粗涩”是指粗糙、干涩的感受。“惨毒”是指极度不可意,因此非常酷烈。“辗转”是指没法在一个地方安稳躺着,把自己的身体东拉西扯、来回扭动。“反侧”是指虽然躺在一个地方,却把手脚四肢到处甩动、翻转;或者面朝一个方向翻来覆去叫“辗转”,整个身体朝四面八方翻滚叫“反侧”。巴利
Uddhaṃ kātunti vamanavasena uddhaṃ nīharituṃ. Na pana adhoti viriñcanavasena heṭṭhā nīharituṃ na pana sakkoti. So hi ‘‘adhikaṃ pītaṃ sayameva mukhato niggamissatī’’ti pivitvā āsayassa arittatāya aniggate vamanavirecanayogaṃ ajānanto alabhanto vā kevalaṃ dukkhāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭho āvaṭṭati ca parivaṭṭati ca. Dukkhāhīti dukkhamāhi. Tibbāhīti bahalāhi tikhiṇāhi vā. Kharāhīti kakkhaḷāhi. Kaṭukāhīti ativiya aniṭṭhabhāvena dāruṇāhi. Āvaṭṭatīti ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne anipajjitvā attano sarīraṃ ito cito ākaḍḍhanto āvaṭṭati. Parivaṭṭatīti ekasmiṃ padese nipannopi aṅgapaccaṅgāni parito khipanto vaṭṭati, abhimukhaṃ vā vaṭṭanto āvaṭṭati, samantato vaṭṭanto parivaṭṭati.
明白了这个道理之后,也就是彻底明白了“对还有执著物的人来说,这种痛苦之所以生起,是因为不如理地受用;而对无所执著的人来说,这种苦完全不存在”这个道理,于是为了阐明这个道理,说出了这首优陀那。巴利
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti ‘‘sakiñcanassa appaṭisaṅkhāparibhogahetukā ayaṃ dukkhuppatti, akiñcanassa pana sabbaso ayaṃ natthī’’ti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato jānitvā tadatthappakāsanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,“安乐者们”就是指真正安乐的善士。那他们又是谁呢?就是那些“无所有”的人。因为他们没有贪等烦恼这种“所有”,也没有对财物等占有物的执取,所以叫“无所有”。那么,到底是谁没有这些所有呢?偈颂说:“通达智者之人,就是无所有者。”那些已经到达、证得被称为“圣道智”的“智”,或者凭这种智到达涅槃的人,就叫“通达智者”。这些圣者,也就是诸漏已尽的人,因为他们内心贪等一切所有已被最上的道彻底断尽,没有剩余,所以叫“无所有”。既然贪等内在的所有都不存在了,又怎么会产生对财物等占有物的执取呢?这样,偈颂的前半部分是在赞叹阿罗汉,后半部分为了呵责盲目的凡夫,才说“请看那有所有物的人”等。这句话的意思和前面那部经里说的一样。因此,通过这首偈颂也说明了流转与还灭。巴利
Tattha sukhino vatāti sukhino vata sappurisā. Ke pana teti? Ye akiñcanā, ye rāgādikiñcanassa pariggahakiñcanassa ca abhāvena akiñcanā, kesaṃ panidaṃ kiñcanaṃ natthīti āha – ‘‘vedaguno hi janā akiñcanā’’ti, ye ariyamaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ vedaṃ gatā adhigatā, tena vā vedena nibbānaṃ gatāti vedaguno, te ariyajanā khīṇāsavapuggalā anavasesarāgādikiñcanānaṃ aggamaggena samucchinnattā akiñcanā nāma. Asati hi rāgādikiñcane kuto pariggahakiñcanassa sambhavo. Evaṃ gāthāya purimabhāgena arahante pasaṃsitvā aparabhāgena andhaputhujjane garahanto ‘‘sakiñcanaṃ passā’’tiādimāha. Taṃ purimasutte vuttatthameva. Evaṃ imāyapi gāthāya vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.
第七经,独子经的注疏巴利
7. Ekaputtakasuttavaṇṇanā
17 在第七经里,“独子”就是一个儿子,而且他因为值得怜悯,所以叫“独子”;因为值得疼爱,所以叫“可爱”;因为能让心欢喜增长,所以叫“可意”。或者,从身体相貌庄严成就来说,因为值得一看,所以叫“可爱”;从戒行成就、具足善法来说,所以叫“可意”。“时”是指夺去众生的命,也就是死。被它造作、到达了,就叫“死已”;或者说,被时——也就是死神——造作、毁坏、消失不见,就叫“死已”,意思是死了。巴利
17. Sattame ekaputtakoti eko putto, so ca anukampitabbaṭṭhena ekaputtako, piyāyitabbaṭṭhena piyo, manassa vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena manāpo. Sarīrasobhāsampattiyā vā dassanīyaṭṭhena piyo, sīlācārasampattiyā kalyāṇadhammatāya manāpo. Kaleti satte khepetīti kālo, maraṇaṃ. Taṃ kato pattoti kālaṅkato, kālena vā maccunā kato naṭṭho adassanaṃ gatoti kālaṅkato, matoti attho.
众多近事男,指的是住在舍卫城的许多在家男信众。他们因为和那位丧子的近事男一同悲伤,一路跟着送葬队伍到了火葬场,办完对遗体该做的事之后才折返。他们仍如原来穿着那样直接下水沐浴,洗完头,把衣服拧了拧,也不等晾干,就一件穿作下衣,另一件披在上身作为上衣。他们让那位近事男走在前面,心里想:“我们要到大师面前去听能消除忧伤的法。”于是便一起去拜见世尊。所以经文里才有“湿发”等描述。巴利
Sambahulā upāsakāti sāvatthivāsino bahū upāsakā mataputtaupāsakassa sahasokībhāvena yāva āḷāhanā pacchato gantvā matasarīrassa kattabbaṃ kāretvā paṭinivattā yathānivatthāva udakaṃ otaritvā sīsaṃnhātā vatthāni pīḷetvā anotāpetvāva ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā upāsakaṃ purato katvā ‘‘sokavinodanaṃ dhammaṃ satthu santike sossāmā’’ti bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘allakesā’’tiādi.
这里,“湿衣”是指被水浸湿的衣服。“日间正午”是指白天的正午时分,也就是中午的时候。因为如来即使已经知道,也会发问;即使已经知道,也有不问的时候。他们看时机而问,看时机而不问。所以,世尊虽然已经知道,为了引出话题而问道:“诸位近事男,你们这是怎么了?”等等。这段话的意思是:近事男们,往常你们来见我时,总是在傍晚,穿着洗净晾干的衣服而来;今天你们却湿衣湿发,在正午时分就来到这里,这是什么缘故?所谓“我们因此”,意思是:我们因为与儿子分离,内心焦灼,被强烈的悲伤所压倒,就这样来到这里。巴利
Tattha allavatthāti udakena tintavatthā. Divā divassāti divasassapi divā, majjhanhike kāleti attho. Yasmā jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti , jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, tasmā jānantoyeva bhagavā kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kiṃ nu kho tumhe upāsakā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – tumhe upāsakā aññesu divasesu mama santikaṃ āgacchantā otāpitasuddhavatthā sāyanhe āgacchatha, ajja pana allavatthā allakesā ṭhitamajjhanhike kāle idhāgatā, taṃ kiṃ kāraṇanti. Tena mayanti tena puttaviyogajanitacittasantāpena balavasokābhibhūtatāya evaṃbhūtā mayaṃ idhūpasaṅkamantāti.
“了知此义”是说:忧、苦、忧恼等,都是从可爱事物产生的;如果可爱事物不存在,这一切就完全不会存在。世尊以一切方式彻底了知这个道理之后,为了阐明这个道理,说出了这则优陀那。巴利
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti piyavatthusambhavā sokadukkhadomanassādayo, asati piyavatthusmiṃ sabbaso ete na santīti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato jānitvā tadatthappakāsanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,“贪著于可爱色的滋味者”是指:心因为贪著乐受的滋味,而对色蕴等具有可爱本性的事物被系缚、被绑住。“gadhitāse”就是“贪著”的意思;“se”只是一个小品词。所谓“可爱色”,指的是眼等诸根,以及儿女、妻子等。经中确实这样说:“世间什么是可爱色、可意色?世间的眼……乃至……对法的渴爱,是世间的可爱色、可意色。”巴利
Tattha piyarūpassādagadhitāseti piyasabhāvesu rūpakkhandhādīsu sukhavedanassādena gadhitā paṭibaddhacittā. Gadhitāseti hi gadhitāiccevattho. Seti vā nipātamattaṃ. Piyarūpā nāma cakkhādayo puttadārādayo ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ cakkhu loke …pe… dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpa’’nti (cūḷani. hemakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 55).
田地、宅地或黄金,牛马、奴婢和仆人;
女人、亲戚,还有种种欲乐,男人对这些东西反复贪恋不舍。巴利
‘‘Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavassaṃ dāsaporisaṃ; Thiyo bandhū puthu kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī’’ti ca. (su. ni. 775);
因此,对于这些可爱的事物,因为贪著其中的滋味,所以贪恋、迷醉、沉溺,这就是它的意思。那么,哪些是贪著可爱事物之滋味的人呢?为了指出他们,就说“天众与人类等”,也就是四大王天等众多天众群体,以及赡部洲等处的众多人类。“有苦者”是指被身体上和心理上的痛苦所折磨。“衰损者”是指因为衰老、疾病等灾祸,而从青春、健康等圆满状态中退失。这个意思也可以按照投生处所,在天人和人类中来理解。或者,虽然那些完全安住在纯粹快乐中的天人,不会出现痛苦、衰老和疾病,但因为他们也无法超越这种本性,所以也被称为“有苦者”和“衰损者”。又或者,对他们来说,由于衰败前兆的出现、隐藏的衰老以及心理上的疾病,痛苦等也是存在的。他们落入死王的掌控之中:因为对可爱事物的渴爱还没有断除,所以一再入胎投生,因此他们确实落入被称为死王、主宰三界的死亡的掌控之中。巴利
Tasmā tesu piyarūpesu assādena giddhā mucchitā ajjhāpannāti attho. Ke pana te piyarūpassādagadhitāti te dasseti ‘‘devakāyāputhumanussā cā’’ti, cātumahārājikādayo bahudevasamūhā ceva jambudīpakādikā bahumanussā ca. Aghāvinoti kāyikacetasikadukkhena dukkhitā. Parijunnāti jarārogādivipattiyā yobbanārogyādisampattito parihīnā. Yathālābhavasena vāyamattho devamanussesu veditabbo. Atha vā kāmañcekantasukhasamappitānaṃ devānaṃ dukkhajarārogā na sambhavanti, tadanativattasabhāvatāya pana tepi ‘‘aghāvino’’ti ‘‘parijunnā’’ti ca vuttā. Tesampi vā pubbanimittuppattiyā paṭicchannajarāya cetasikarogassa ca vasena dukkhādīnaṃ sambhavo veditabbo. Maccurājassa vasaṃ gacchantīti piyavatthuvisayāya taṇhāya appahīnattā punappunaṃ gabbhūpagamanato dhātuttayissaratāya maccurājasaṅkhātassa maraṇassa vasaṃ hatthameva gacchanti.
讲到这里,已经显示了轮回流转。现在从“ye ve divā”等句子开始,显示还灭。其中“ye ve divā ca ratto ca appamattā”是说:像“白天以经行、坐禅,从障碍法里净化自心”等所说的那样,在白天和夜里都坚定不放逸,圆满修习不放逸之道。“Jahanti piyarūpaṃ”:他们努力修习四圣谛的业处,通过证得圣道,断除对眼等可爱事物以及与之相关的欲贪,因此舍弃可爱色。“Te ve khaṇanti aghamūlaṃ, maccuno āmisaṃ durativattaṃ”:那些圣者以圣道智为锄头,掘出苦的流转的根本——也就是死亡的诱饵;因为它与死亡相触,所以叫诱饵;又因为外道的沙门、婆罗门都无法使它回转,所以叫难超越;它就是与无明共存的渴爱。他们把它连根拔起,一点也不剩。这个意思如下文所说:巴利
Ettāvatā vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni ‘‘ye ve divā’’tiādinā vivaṭṭaṃ dasseti. Tattha ye ve divā ca ratto ca appamattāti ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’tiādinā vuttanayena divasabhāge rattibhāge ca daḷhaṃ appamattā appamādappaṭipadaṃ pūrenti. Jahanti piyarūpanti catusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ ussukkāpetvā ariyamaggādhigamena piyarūpaṃ piyajātikaṃ cakkhādipiyavatthuṃ tappaṭibaddhachandarāgajahanena jahanti. Te ve khaṇanti aghamūlaṃ, maccuno āmisaṃ durativattanti te ariyapuggalā aghassa vaṭṭadukkhassa mūlabhūtaṃ, maccunā maraṇena āmasitabbato āmisaṃ, ito bahiddhā kehicipi samaṇabrāhmaṇehi nivattituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya durativattaṃ, saha avijjāya taṇhaṃ ariyamaggañāṇakudālena khaṇanti, lesamattampi anavasesantā ummūlayantīti. Svāyamattho –
不放逸是不死的路,放逸是死亡的路。
不放逸的人不会死,放逸的人就像已经死了一样。巴利
‘‘Appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno padaṃ; Appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā’’ti. (dha. pa. 21) –
应当从“不放逸是不死之道”等开头的经文句子展开详细解说。巴利
Ādīhi suttapadehi vitthāretabboti.
8. 《苏婆婆萨经》注释巴利
8. Suppavāsāsuttavaṇṇanā
18 第八经里说的“军第迦”,是拘利族一座叫这个名字的城市。“军陀达那林”则是那座城附近一片叫军陀达那的树林。巴利
18. Aṭṭhame kuṇḍikāyanti evaṃnāmake koliyānaṃ nagare. Kuṇḍadhānavaneti tassa nagarassa avidūre kuṇḍadhānasaṅkhāte vane.
据说从前有一个叫贡达的亚卡住在那片树林里,人们用混合了贡达那的供品来祭献,他就感到满足,所以大家就在那里给他献供,于是这片树林就被叫作贡达那林。离那里不远有一个村妇,因为她住在那个亚卡的管辖范围内,又受他保护,所以大家就叫她贡迪卡。后来,拘利族的国王们在那里建了一座城,那座城也沿用旧名,仍然叫贡迪卡。拘利族的国王们还在那片树林里为世尊和比丘僧团建了一座精舍,那座精舍也一直被叫作贡达那林。后来世尊四处游化,渐渐来到那座精舍,就住在那里。因此经文说:“有一次,世尊住在贡迪卡,住在贡达那林。”巴利
Pubbe kira kuṇḍo nāma eko yakkho tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vāsaṃ kappesi, kuṇḍadhānamissakena ca balikammena tussatīti tassa tathā tattha baliṃ upaharanti, tenetaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ kuṇḍadhānavanantveva paññāyittha. Tassa avidūre ekā gāmapatikā ahosi, sāpi tassa yakkhassa āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne niviṭṭhattā teneva paripālitattā kuṇḍikāti voharīyittha . Aparabhāge tattha koliyarājāno nagaraṃ kāresuṃ, tampi purimavohārena kuṇḍikātveva vuccati. Tasmiñca vanasaṇḍe koliyarājāno bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanatthāya vihāraṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ, tampi kuṇḍadhānavanantveva paññāyittha. Atha bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caranto anukkamena taṃ vihāraṃ patvā tattha vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kuṇḍikāyaṃ viharati kuṇḍadhānavane’’ti.
苏波瓦萨是那位女施主的名字。拘利之女,意思是拘利族国王的女儿。她确实是世尊最上首的近事女,在供养精妙饮食的女弟子中,被列为第一,是一位证得入流果的圣弟子。凡是适合世尊的嚼食、啖食或药品,都不需要别人来操办,她全都自己凭智慧判断,恭敬地备办好后送来供养。她每天还供养八百份僧众食和别请食。任何比丘或比丘尼进入她家乞食,都不会空手而回。她就是这样慷慨布施、亲手施与、乐于舍弃、有求必应、喜欢施与分享的人。在她的腹中,一位曾在过去诸佛处积集善行、将在最后一生证得声闻菩提的菩萨结生入胎。她因为某种恶业,怀胎七年,又经历了七天胎位错乱之苦。因此经文说:“怀胎七年,七日胎位错乱。”巴利
Suppavāsāti tassā upāsikāya nāmaṃ. Koliyadhītāti koliyarājaputtī. Sā hi bhagavato aggupaṭṭhāyikā paṇītadāyikānaṃ sāvikānaṃ etadagge ṭhapitā sotāpannā ariyasāvikā. Yañhi kiñci bhagavato yuttarūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ bhesajjaṃ vā na tattha aññāhi saṃvidhātabbaṃ atthi, sabbaṃ taṃ sayameva attano paññāya vicāretvā sakkaccaṃ sampādetvā upaneti. Devasikañca aṭṭhasataṃ saṅghabhattapāṭipuggalikabhattāni deti. Yo koci bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā taṃ kulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho rittahattho na gacchati. Evaṃ muttacāgā payatapāṇī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Assā kucchiyaṃ purimabuddhesu katādhikāro pacchimabhaviko sāvakabodhisatto paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Sā taṃ gabbhaṃ kenacideva pāpakammena satta vassāni kucchinā parihari, sattāhañca mūḷhagabbhā ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā’’ti.
这里,“七年”指七个年头,此处用的是表示持续关联的受格。“怀胎”就是承载胎儿,意思是她处于怀孕状态。“七日胎位不正”指七天里胎儿位置错乱。胎儿成熟将要出生时,会被业生风推动翻转,变成头朝下、脚朝上,面朝产道口,这样就能毫无阻碍地生出来。但如果发生异常,因为翻转不顺,就会堵住产道,横躺在里面;或者产道自己闭合。胎儿在那里被业生风反复翻搅,陷入混乱,这就叫“胎位不正”。她当时也正是这样过了七天,所以说“七日胎位不正”。巴利
Tattha satta vassānīti satta saṃvaccharāni, accantasaṃyoge ca idaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Gabbhaṃ dhāretīti gabbhaṃ vahati, gabbhinī hotīti attho. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhāti satta ahāni byākulagabbhā. Gabbho hi paripakko sampajjamāno vijāyanakāle kammajavātehi sañcāletvā parivattito uddhaṃpādo adhosiro hutvā yonimukhābhimukho hoti, evaṃ so katthaci alaggo bahi nikkhamati. Vipajjamāno pana viparivattanavasena yonimaggaṃ pidahitvā tiriyaṃ nipajjati, sayameva vā yonimaggo pidahati, so tattha kammajavātehi aparāparaṃ parivattamāno byākulo mūḷhagabbhoti vuccati. Tassāpi satta divase evaṃ ahosi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā’’ti.
这位胎儿就是尸婆利长老。他为什么在母胎里住了七年,受住胎之苦,又经历了七天胎位错乱,而他的母亲——一位已证入流果的圣弟子——也同样承受了这样的痛苦呢?回答说:过去,迦尸国的国王在波罗奈城治国时,有一位憍萨罗王率领大军前来,攻占了波罗奈城,杀了那位国王,把他的正宫王后据为己有,立为自己的正宫王后。而波罗奈王的王子在父亲被杀时,从暗道逃了出去,把亲族、朋友和部下聚集起来,逐渐积攒兵力,来到波罗奈城附近,扎下大营,派人送信给那位国王说:“要么交出王位,要么开战。”王子的母亲听说了这个消息,就送信告诉他:“不必打仗。你只要截断四方的通道,把波罗奈城围住。等城里的人因为柴火、水和粮食耗尽而困顿不堪,不用动武,他们自己就会把国王抓来交给你。”王子听了母亲的话,守住四座大城门,把城围困了七年。城里的人则从小门进出,搬运柴火、打水,各种事情照常去做。巴利
Ayañca gabbho sīvalitthero. Tassa kathaṃ satta vassāni gabbhavāsadukkhaṃ, sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvappatti, mātu cassāpi sotāpannāya ariyasāvikāya tathā dukkhānubhavanaṃ jātanti? Vuccate – atīte kāsikarāje bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārente eko kosalarājā mahantena balenāgantvā bārāṇasiṃ gahetvā taṃ rājānaṃ māretvā tassa aggamahesiṃ attano aggamahesiṃ akāsi. Bārāṇasirañño pana putto pitu maraṇakāle niddhamanadvārena palāyitvā attano ñātimittabandhave ekajjhaṃ katvā anukkamena balaṃ saṃharitvā bārāṇasiṃ āgantvā avidūre mahantaṃ khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā tassa rañño paṇṇaṃ pesesi ‘‘rajjaṃ vā detu, yuddhaṃ vā’’ti . Rājakumārassa mātā sāsanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yuddhena kammaṃ natthi, sabbadisāsu sañcāraṃ pacchinditvā bārāṇasinagaraṃ parivāretu, tato dārūdakabhattaparikkhayena kilantā nagare manussā vināva yuddhena rājānaṃ gahetvā dassantī’’ti paṇṇaṃ pesesi. So mātu sāsanaṃ sutvā cattāri mahādvārāni rakkhanto satta vassāni nagaraṃ uparundhi, nagare manussā cūḷadvārena nikkhamitvā dārūdakāni āharanti, sabbakiccāni karonti.
这时,王子的母亲听到这个消息,心想:“我儿子太傻,不懂什么计策。你们去告诉他,把小门也堵死,把整座城围困起来。”于是派人暗中给儿子传了密令。王子听了母亲的吩咐,就照办了,围了七天。城里的人出不去,到第七天就把那个国王的头砍下来,交给了王子。王子进城,夺取了王位。他当时因为围城七年的业力余报,如今在母胎里——也就是那血瓮中——住了七年;剩下那七天围城的业报,则让他有七天胎位错乱。不过《本生注》里说的是:“因为围城七天夺取王位的业报,他在血瓮里住了七年,又落了七天胎位错乱。”他曾在莲华上佛足下广行大布施,发愿说“愿我成为得利者中最上等的”;又在毗婆尸世尊的时代,和城里人一起供养了价值千金的糖酪,也发了愿。靠这些愿力,他成了得利者中最上等的人。苏波瓦萨也是因为派人传话“包围起来,把城拿下”,结果怀胎七年,又落了七天胎位错乱。就这样,母子二人都承受了与各自业行相应的这种痛苦。巴利
Atha rājakumārassa mātā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘bālo mama putto upāyaṃ na jānāti, gacchatha, assa cūḷadvārāni pidhāya nagaraṃ uparundhatūti vadethā’’ti puttassa gūḷhasāsanaṃ pahiṇi. So mātu sāsanaṃ sutvā satta divase tathā akāsi. Nāgarā bahi nikkhamituṃ alabhantā sattame divase tassa rañño sīsaṃ gahetvā kumārassa adaṃsu. Kumāro nagaraṃ pavisitvā rajjaṃ aggahesi. So tadā satta vassāni nagararundhanakammanissandena etarahi satta vassāni mātukucchisaṅkhātāya lohitakumbhiyā vasi, avasesato pana sattāhaṃ nagarūparundhanena sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvaṃ āpajji. Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘satta divasāni nagaraṃ rundhitvā gahitakammanissandena sattavassāni lohitakumbhiyaṃ vasitvā sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvaṃ āpajjī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana so padumuttarasammāsambuddhapādamūle ‘‘lābhīnaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti mahādānaṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi, yañca vipassissa bhagavato kāle nāgarehi saddhiṃ sahassagghanikaṃ guḷadadhiṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi, tassānubhāvena lābhīnaṃ aggo jāto. Suppavāsāpi ‘‘nagaraṃ rundhitvā gaṇha, tātā’’ti pesitabhāvena satta vassāni kucchinā gabbhaṃ pariharitvā sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhājātā . Evaṃ te mātāputtā attano kammassa anurūpaṃ īdisaṃ dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvediṃsu.
以三种思惟,是指与随念三宝功德相应的三种正思惟。她忍受,是指因胎位错乱而生起的痛苦她能承受。因为她随念世尊的正自觉、圣僧团的善妙行道、以及涅槃的出离诸苦,对那些正在生起的痛苦不加理会,就克服并忍受了。因此说以三种思惟而忍受。巴利
Tīhivitakkehīti ratanattayaguṇānussatipaṭisaṃyuttehi tīhi sammāvitakkehi. Adhivāsetīti mūḷhagabbhatāya uppannadukkhaṃ sahati. Sā hi bhagavato sambuddhabhāvaṃ, ariyasaṅghassa suppaṭipattiṃ, nibbānassa ca dukkhanissaraṇabhāvaṃ anussarantī attano uppajjamānadukkhaṃ amanasikaraṇeneva abhibhavitvā khamati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tīhi vitakkehi adhivāsetī’’ti.
“正自觉者,确实……”这些句子,是在展示那些思惟生起的方式。它的意思是:那位凭吉祥等功德为因,成为世尊、世间怙主,真正毫无颠倒地、自己亲自觉悟了一切法的——啊,确实是觉者!这位世尊,为了断除像我现在所感受的、以及其他同样类型的整个轮回之苦,使它彻底不再生起、完全灭尽,而说法,宣说无颠倒的法。正因为宣说无颠倒的法,导师才成就了正自觉。在具有如上所说功德的世尊座下,因听闻法而生起,又因戒与见的共同性而聚集在一起,被称为“声闻僧团”的八辈圣者之众——确实是善行道,啊,确实是善行道!这圣僧团为了断除像这样的轮回之苦,使它不再生起、完全灭尽,而实践着不退转的道路。啊,彻底脱离了所有有为法的涅槃,确实极其安乐,啊,确实非常快乐!在这样的涅槃中,找不到像这样的轮回之苦。在这里,虽然“正在行道”也称作“已行道”,因为其行道已不退转。或者,“已行道”这个词,像“已生起”一样,也可以表示现在的意思。所以经中说“为证入流果而正在行道”。巴利
Sammāsambuddho vatātiādi tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ pavattiākāradassanaṃ. Tassattho – yo bhagyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā lokanātho sammā aviparītaṃ sāmaṃ sayameva sabbadhamme aho vata buddho, so bhagavā evarūpassa etarahi mayā anubhaviyamānassa aññassa ca evaṃjātikassa sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa pahānāya accantaṃ anuppādanirodhāya dhammaṃ katheti, aviparītadhammaṃ katheti. Aviparītadhammadesanatāya hi satthu sammāsambodhisiddhi. Tassa yathāvuttaguṇassa bhagavato dhammassavanante jātattā sīladiṭṭhisāmaññena saṃhatattā ca sāvakasaṅghoti laddhanāmo aṭṭhaariyapuggalasamūho suppaṭipanno vata aho vata sammā paṭipanno, yo ariyasaṅgho evarūpassa īdisassa vaṭṭadukkhassa pahānāya anuppādanirodhāya anivattipaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno. Susukhaṃ vata aho vata suṭṭhu sukhaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭaṃ nibbānaṃ, yasmiṃ nibbāne īdisaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ na upalabbhatīti. Ettha ca paṭipajjamānāpi paṭipannā icceva vuttā paṭipattiyā anivattibhāvato. Atha vā uppannasaddo viya paṭipannasaddo vattamānatthopi veditabbo. Tenevāha ‘‘sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’ti.
“她的丈夫”是指她自己的丈夫,拘利族的王子。“唤他”就是对他说话。“以我的话,用头礼拜世尊的双足”——意思是:以我的话,用你的头去礼拜世尊那双装饰着轮相、像盛开的莲花一样庄严的脚,用你最高的身体部位来行礼。“少病”等语中,“病”指的是与平常不同的感受,这种感受即使只在一处生起,也会像铁板缠身一样抓住整个身体。“恼”是指会让人艰难维持生命的疾病。或者也可以说,需要靠人照顾才能活下去的病叫“恼”,另一种叫“病”;小病叫“恼”,大病叫“病”。也有些人说:“从体内生起的是病,从外缘生起的是恼。”她这样问,是在问这两种情况都不存在。而且,生病的人要起身确实很沉重,身体没有力气,所以她通过无病时身体的轻快——也就是身体轻松地起身和身体的力气——来问候。通过“轻安住”这个词,她问的是在行、立、坐、卧这四种姿势中是否安乐而住。接着,为了向她丈夫说明应该怎样问,她说了“苏波瓦萨,尊者……”等话。“你应该这样说”——现在她是在指示该说的方式。巴利
Sāmikanti attano patiṃ koliyarājaputtaṃ. Āmantesīti abhāsi. Mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhīti mayhaṃ vacanena cakkalakkhaṇappaṭimaṇḍitāni vikasitapadumasassirīkāni bhagavato caraṇāni tava sirasā vandāhi, uttamaṅgena abhivādanaṃ karohīti attho. Appābādhantiādīsu ābādhoti visabhāgavedanā vuccati, yā ekadese uppajjitvāpi sakalasarīraṃ ayapaṭṭena ābandhitvā viya gaṇhati. Ātaṅkoti kicchajīvitakaro rogo. Atha vā yāpetabbarogo ātaṅko, itaro ābādho. Khuddako vā rogo ātaṅko, balavā ābādho. Keci pana ‘‘ajjhattasamuṭṭhāno ābādho, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhāno ātaṅko’’ti vadanti. Tadubhayassāpi abhāvaṃ pucchāti vadati. Gilānasseva ca uṭṭhānaṃ nāma garukaṃ hoti, kāye balaṃ na hoti, tasmā niggelaññatāya lahuparivattisaṅkhātaṃ kāyassa lahuṭṭhānaṃ sarīrabalañca pucchāti vadati. Phāsuvihāranti ṭhānanisinnagamanasayanasaṅkhātesu catūsu iriyāpathesu sukhavihārañca pucchāti vadati. Athassa pucchitabbākāraṃ dassentī ‘‘suppavāsā, bhante’’tiādimāha. Evañca vadehīti idāni vattabbākāraṃ nidasseti.
“善哉”是表示接受对方话语。借此表明:好,贤女,我就照你所说的去做。拘利族王子,就是苏波瓦萨的丈夫。愿她快乐:导师是包括天界在内的世间中最上应供者,他接受了苏波瓦萨托人带来的礼敬之后,紧接着开示了佛陀一贯的祝福,也就是能带来安乐、属于慈心住的修习。他先笼统地说明这一点,然后又通过遮止她与儿子因胎难而生起的痛苦,来显示安乐的获得,于是说:愿她快乐……无病,愿她生下无病的儿子。巴利
Paramanti vacanasampaṭicchanaṃ. Tena sādhu, bhadde, yathā vuttaṃ, tathā paṭipajjāmīti dasseti. Koliyaputtoti suppavāsāya sāmiko koliyarājaputto. Sukhinī hotūti sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo satthā suppavāsāya pesitavandanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tadanantaraṃ attano mettāvihārasaṃsūcakaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ sukhūpasaṃhāraṃ tassā sāmaññato pakāsetvā puna tassā puttassa ca gabbhavipattimūlakadukkhuppattipaṭikkhepamukhena sukhūpasaṃhāraṃ nidassento ‘‘sukhinī…pe… arogā, arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti āha.
“与语同时”是指与世尊的话语同时。就在世尊那样说的那一刻,那个业也就走到了尽头。导师看到它已经灭尽,才那样说。不过另一些人说:如果导师不那样说明,她之后还会继续受那种苦一段时间。但因为世尊说了“愿她快乐、无病,也生下无病的儿子”,就在那句话说出的一刻,胎儿便脱离了错乱状态,平平安安地生了出来。就这样,母子二人都得到了平安。因为佛陀的威神力本来就是不可思议的。正如波咤左罗因为与所爱分离而悲痛发狂——巴利
Sahavacanāti bhagavato vacanena saheva. Yasmiṃ kāle bhagavā tathā avoca, tasmiṃyeva kāle tampi kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Tassa parikkhīṇabhāvaṃ oloketvā satthā tathā abhāsi. Apare pana vadanti – sace tathā satthā nācikkhissā, tato parampi kiñci kālaṃ tassā taṃ dukkhaṃ anubandhissā. Yasmā pana bhagavatā ‘‘sukhinī arogā arogañca puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā tassa vacanasamakālameva so gabbho byākulabhāvaṃ vijahitvā sukheneva bahi nikkhami, evaṃ tesaṃ mātāputtānaṃ sotthi ahosi. Acinteyyo hi buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Yathā hi paṭācārāya piyavippayogasambhūtena sokena ummādaṃ patvā –
两个儿子都死了,我丈夫也死在路上。
母亲、父亲和兄弟,都在同一座火葬堆上焚烧。巴利
‘‘Ubho puttā kālakatā, panthe mayhaṃ patī mato; Mātā pitā ca bhātā ca, ekacitakamhi jhāyare’’ti. (apa. therī 2.2.498) –
她说:“姊妹,你要提起正念!”世尊话音刚落,那位以纯金装饰而行走的女子,她的癫狂立刻止息了。同样,近事女须毗耶自己用刀割开自己的大腿,造成大疮,因疮痛无法起身,躺在床榻上。当她说“让他来礼拜我”之后,话音才落,疮口就自然平复,她便自己起身去礼敬世尊。诸如此类的事例,都应在这里引述。巴利
Vatvā jātarūpeneva carantiyā ‘‘satiṃ paṭilabhāhi bhaginī’’ti bhagavato vacanasamanantarameva ummādo vūpasami, tathā suppiyāpi upāsikā attanāva attano ūruyaṃ katena mahāvaṇena vuṭṭhātuṃ asakkontī sayanapiṭṭhe nipannā ‘‘āgantvā maṃ vandatū’’ti vacanasamanantarameva vaṇe pākatike jāte sayameva gantvā bhagavantaṃ vandīti evamādīni vatthūni idha udāharitabbānīti.
“是的,尊者。”——这里的“尊者”是称呼世尊。就像世尊祝愿有儿子的母亲无病时说的那样:“愿她快乐、无病,生下无病的孩子。”这里也是同样的意思。因为诸佛世尊的话从来不会落空,这就是要表达的意思。不过有些人说这是“愿如此”,另一些人则把“hotu”(愿)这个词的含义引进来解释。“欢喜”是指:当世尊以像迦陵频伽鸟鸣一样优美的梵音说那些话时,因为从那些话中获得了喜悦和欢欣,所以从面向的方向去欢喜。“随喜”是指:之后又生起随顺的喜悦,或者以心欢喜、以语随喜,或者对言辞的圆满欢喜、对义理的圆满随喜。“回到了自己的家”就是回到自己的家。至于那些读作“yena sakaṃ gharaṃ”(由那条路回自己的家)的人,虽然通过关系代词“ya”和“ta”的关联,已经包含了“由此”的意思,但仍然要补上“回去之后”这个省略的部分来理解。巴利
Evaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, yathā bhagavā saputtāya mātuyā arogabhāvaṃ āsīsanto āha – ‘‘sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti, taṃ evameva. Na hi kadāci buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ vacanassa aññathābhāvoti adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘evamatthū’’ti vadanti, apare ‘‘hotū’’ti padassa atthaṃ ānetvā vaṇṇayanti. Abhinanditvāti karavīkarutamañjunā brahmassarena bhagavatā vuccamāne tasmiṃ vacane pītisomanassapaṭilābhato abhimukhabhāvena nanditvā. Anumoditvāti tato pacchāpi sammodanaṃ uppādetvā, cittena vā abhinanditvā vācāya anumoditvā, vacanasampattiyā vā abhinanditvā atthasampattiyā anumoditvā. Sakaṃ gharaṃ paccāyāsīti attano gharaṃ paṭigacchi. Ye pana ‘‘yena sakaṃ ghara’’nti paṭhanti, tesaṃ yadipi ya-ta-saddānaṃ sambandhabhāvato ‘‘tenā’’ti padaṃ vuttameva hoti, tathāpi ‘‘paṭiyāyitvā’’ti pāṭhaseso yojetabbo hoti.
出生就是已生,意思是已经产出。稀有:就像盲人爬山一样,并不是经常发生的事,所以叫稀有,这是从词音的角度说的。不过在注疏里则说“值得弹指赞叹的叫稀有”,意思是值得让人弹指称奇。啊是表示惊叹,啊,真是稀有!就是这个意思。尊者是称呼法的用语。未曾有的事发生了就是指以前没发生过的事现在发生了。巴利
Vijātanti pajātaṃ, pasutanti attho. Acchariyanti andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘accharāyoggaṃ acchariya’’nti vuttaṃ , accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Vatāti sambhāvane, aho acchariyanti attho. Bhoti dhammālapanaṃ. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti abbhutaṃ.
如来:世尊以八种原因被称为如来——像过去诸佛那样而来,所以是如来;像过去诸佛那样而去,所以是如来;如实通达诸法特相而来,所以是如来;对真实法如实彻底觉悟,所以是如来;具足如实见,所以是如来;具足如实说,所以是如来;具足如实行,所以是如来;以超越一切殊胜之义,所以是如来。巴利
Tathāgatassāti aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato – tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
世尊为什么是“如来”呢?因为他是像过去诸佛那样而来的。怎么说呢?过去的正自觉者们,为了利益一切世间而发起精勤,就是这样而来的。我们的世尊也是凭着过去诸佛所凭的那份誓愿、具足那八种功德而来的。又像过去诸佛圆满了布施波罗蜜、持戒波罗蜜、出离波罗蜜、智慧波罗蜜、精进波罗蜜、忍耐波罗蜜、真实波罗蜜、决意波罗蜜、慈波罗蜜、舍波罗蜜——这十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,共三十种波罗蜜;舍弃了五种大施舍;圆满了宿世修行、宿世行持、说法开示、了知众生根性等种种行持;到达智慧行的顶点而来——我们的世尊也是这样而来的。又像过去诸佛修习、反复修习四念处……乃至圣八支道而来——我们的世尊也是这样而来的。因此,像那样而来,所以叫如来。巴利
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā sabbalokahitāya ussukkamāpannā purimakā sammāsambuddhā āgatāti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yena abhinīhārena te bhagavanto āgatā, tena aṭṭhaguṇasamannāgatena ayampi bhagavā āgato. Yathā ca te bhagavanto dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettāupekkhāpāramīti imā dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo pūretvā buddhicariyāya koṭiṃ patvā āgatā, tathā ayampi bhagavā āgato. Yathā ca te bhagavanto cattāro satipaṭṭhāne…pe… ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvetvā brūhetvā āgatā, tathā ayampi bhagavā āgato. Evaṃ tathā āgatoti tathāgato.
怎样才是“如去”?所谓如去,就是像过去那些世尊那样而去。那些世尊刚出生时,双脚平稳地站在大地上,面朝北方,连续走了七步,在白伞被举着的时候,环视了所有方向,然后发出狮子吼般的话,向世间显示自己是最尊最胜的。他们那样的行走是真实的,不是虚妄的,因为那成为他们后来许多殊胜成就的前兆。同样,这位世尊也是这样而去的,而他那样的行走也是真实的,不是虚妄的,因为那也成为他后来那些殊胜成就的前兆。这样,因为“如过去诸佛那样而去”,所以称为如去。巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātā te bhagavanto samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, setacchatte dhāriyamāne sabbāva disā anuvilokesuṃ, āsabhiñca vācaṃ bhāsiṃsu loke attano jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ pakāsentā, tañca nesaṃ gamanaṃ tathaṃ ahosi avitathaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhāvena, tathā ayampi bhagavā gato, tañcassa gamanaṃ kathaṃ ahosi avitathaṃ tesaññeva visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhāvena. Evaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato.
或者,就像那些世尊一样:他们以出离断除了欲贪,以无嗔断除了嗔恨,以光明想断除了昏沉睡眠,以不散乱断除了掉举后悔,以法的抉择断除了疑惑,以智慧击破了无明,以喜悦驱除了不满,依靠八种禅定、十八种大观智和四种圣道,断除了各自对应的敌对法而得以趣向。同样地,这位世尊也是这样趣向的。因此,他也是“如此趣向”的如来。巴利
Yathā vā te bhagavanto nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ pahāya gatā, abyāpādena byāpādaṃ, ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ, avikkhepena uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ pahāya gatā, ñāṇena avijjaṃ padāletvā, pāmojjena aratiṃ vinodetvā, aṭṭhasamāpattīhi aṭṭhārasahi mahāvipassanāhi catūhi ca ariyamaggehi taṃ taṃ paṭipakkhaṃ pahāya gatā, evaṃ ayampi bhagavā gato. Evampi tathā gatoti tathāgato.
怎样才是“如实通达特相而来的如来”呢?地界的特相是坚硬,水界的特相是流动,火界的特相是温热,风界的特相是支撑,虚空界的特相是不被触碍,色的特相是坚固,受的特相是感受,想的特相是认知,行的特相是造作,识的特相是了知。这样,对于五蕴、十二处、十八界、二十二根、四谛、十二支缘起、四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道、七清净,以及不死的涅槃——这一切法各自所具有的自性、作用和特相,都是真实的、不虚妄的、无异样的特相。以智的方式如实到达、没有偏离地证得、获得这些特相,所以称为如来。这就是“如实通达特相而来”,所以称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Pathavīdhātuyā kakkhaḷalakkhaṇaṃ, āpodhātuyā paggharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ, tejodhātuyā uṇhattalakkhaṇaṃ, vāyodhātuyā vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ, ākāsadhātuyā asamphuṭṭhalakkhaṇaṃ, rūpassa ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ, vedanāya vedayitalakkhaṇaṃ, saññāya sañjānanalakkhaṇaṃ, saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ, viññāṇassa vijānanalakkhaṇanti evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ, dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ, aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ, bāvīsatiyā indriyānaṃ, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ, dvādasapadikassa paccayākārassa, catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ, catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ, catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ, pañcannaṃ balānaṃ, sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ, ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa, sattannaṃ visuddhīnaṃ, amatogadhassa nibbānassāti evaṃ tassa tassa dhammassa yaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ anaññathaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato.
怎样才是“如实彻证真实法”的如来?所谓真实法,就是四圣谛。正如经中所说:“比丘们,有这四种真实、不虚妄、不变异的法。是哪四种呢?‘这是苦’,比丘们,这是真实的、不虚妄的、不变异的。”经文对此有详细展开。世尊已经彻证了这些法,所以,由于彻证了真实法,便称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? Idaṃ dukkhanti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato.
另外,老死以生为缘而生起、集起,这个道理是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的……乃至诸行以无明为缘而生起、集起,这个道理是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的;同样,无明作为诸行的缘,这个道理……乃至生作为老死的缘,这个道理也是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的。这一切世尊都已彻底觉悟,因此,也因为他彻底觉悟了这些真实法,所以称为如来。这里“逝”这个词,就是彻底觉悟的意思。如此,如实彻底觉悟了真实法,所以称为如来。巴利
Apica jarāmaraṇassa jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāpaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho, tathā avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho…pe... jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayaṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmāpi tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddoti. Evaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato.
如来怎样具有“如实见”呢?在包括天、魔、梵、沙门、婆罗门、天和人的众生世间,在无量世界中,无量众生的眼门所呈现的色所缘,世尊都以一切方式了知、看见。当他这样了知、看见时,无论是以可意、不可意等角度,还是依照在见、闻、觉、识中所能找到的表述方式——比如“什么是色?色处,就是依靠四大种而有的色,有颜色、有显现、有阻碍,青色、黄色……”(《法集论》616)这样的理路——以许多名称、十三种方式、五十二种理路加以分别,那都完全是这样,没有虚妄。耳门等当中呈现的声等,道理也是如此。世尊确实这样说过——巴利
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Yaṃ sadevake…pe… sadevamanussāya pajāya aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgacchantaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ bhagavā sabbākārato jānāti passati. Evaṃ jānatā passatā ca tena taṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhādivasena vā diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu labbhamānakapadavasena vā ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ , yaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya vaṇṇanibhā sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ nīlaṃ pītaka’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 616) nayena anekehi nāmehi terasahi vārehi dvipaññāsāya nayehi vibhajjamānaṃ tathameva hoti, vitathaṃ natthi. Esa nayo sotadvārādīsu āpāthamāgacchantesu saddādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,对于包括天在内的世间……乃至包括天和人在内,凡是被看见、被听到、被感觉、被认识、被达到、被寻求、被以心反复思察的,我都了知,我都完全证知;这些如来已了知,但如来不执取。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ , bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ jānāmi, tamahaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa viditaṃ, taṃ tathāgato na upaṭṭhāsī’’ti (a. ni. 4.24).
如来因为这样如实见,所以称为如来。在这里应当知道,“如来”这个词是根据“如实见”这个意思而形成的。巴利
Evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato . Tattha tathadassīatthe tathāgatoti padasambhavo veditabbo.
如来为什么是“如实语者”呢?从世尊证得无上正等正觉的那一夜起,到世尊以无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜为止,在这中间整整四十五年的时间里,世尊所说、所讲的一切——包括经、应颂等——全部都是清净的、圆满的,能够烧尽贪欲、我慢等烦恼,始终如一,真实不虚。因此这样说——巴利
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yaṃ rattiṃ bhagavā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakālaṃ yaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ suttageyyādi, sabbaṃ taṃ parisuddhaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ rāgamadādinimmathanaṃ ekasadisaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ. Tenāha –
准陀,从如来证得无上正自觉的那一夜起,到如来以无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜为止,在这中间,他所说、所讲、所开示的一切,全都真实不虚,绝无变异,因此称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188).
在这里,“gata”这个词的意思是“去”。因为这样如实而说,所以称为如来。巴利
Gadaattho ettha gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato.
另外,“说出来的话”就是“语”,意思是言语。如果他的言语是真实的、不虚妄的、不颠倒的,那么把 d 音变成 t 音,就成了“如来”。在这里,应该这样理解这个词的构成方式。巴利
Apica āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho avitatho aviparīto āgado assāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti evamettha padasiddhi veditabbā.
如来是怎样“如实行”的呢?因为世尊的身随顺于语,语也随顺于身,所以他怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说。对于这样成就的人,他的语是这样,他的身也这样去、这样行,这就是词义。同样,他的身是怎样,他的语也这样去、这样行,所以称为“如来”。因此说——巴利
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavato hi vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā, tasmā yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī ca hoti. Evaṃbhūtassa cassa yathāvācā, kāyopi tathā gato pavattoti attho. Yathā ca kāyo, vācāpi tathā gatā pavattāti tathāgato. Tenāha –
比丘们,如来怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说。也就是说,怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说。因此,他被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Yathāvādī , bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
如来因如此而行故名为如来。巴利
Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
为什么从“征服”的意义上称他为如来?因为他把上面直到有顶天、下面直到无间地狱作为上下边界,横向在无量世界界中,以戒、以定、以慧、以解脱、以解脱知见征服了一切众生。没有任何东西能与他相等,也没有任何东西能衡量他,他确实是无与伦比、不可衡量、无上者,是诸天之神,是超过一切帝释的帝释,是超过一切梵天的梵天,是一切众生中最上的,所以称他为如来。因此这样说:巴利
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Yasmā upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi , na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro devadevo sakkānaṃ atisakko, brahmānaṃ atibrahmā sabbasattuttamo, tasmā tathāgato. Tenāha –
比丘们,在包括天神在内的世间……乃至包括天神和人类的众生当中,如来是征服者,不被任何人征服,是如实见者,是自在者,因此被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavatti, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
这里解释一下这个词的构成:就像“阿伽陀药”一样,它既是教说的庄严,也是福德的积聚。因此,这位有大神力的如来,就像一位良医以天界的阿伽陀药降伏众蛇那样,征服了一切外道以及包括天界在内的整个世界。如此,在征服整个世界时是真实的、不虚假的、不颠倒的,正如前面所说的“阿伽陀药”属于他,把字母 d 换成 t,就成了“如来”。应当这样理解。如此,从“征服”这一含义来说,他就是如来。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ padasiddhi – agado viya agado, desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena so mahānubhāvo bhisakko viya dibbāgadena sappe sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati. Iti sabbalokābhibhavane tatho avitatho aviparīto yathāvuttova agado etassāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
另外,如来就是“如去”,也就是“如是而去”。其中:以审察遍知彻底通达整个世间,如是而去并到达,所以是如来;以舍断遍知舍断世间的集起,如是而去并超越,所以是如来;以作证现证世间的灭尽,如是而去并证得,所以是如来;如是而去并修习通向世间灭尽之道,所以是如来。这正是世尊所说的:巴利
Apica tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathaṃ gatoti tathāgato. Tattha sakalalokaṃ tīraṇapariññāya tathāya gato avagatoti tathāgato. Lokasamudayaṃ pahānapariññāya tathāya gato atītoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhaṃ sacchikiriyāya tathāya gato adhigatoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ tathaṃ gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,世间被如来彻底觉悟了,如来已从世间解脱出来。比丘们,世间的集起被如来彻底觉悟了,世间的集起已被如来断除。比丘们,世间的灭尽被如来彻底觉悟了,世间的灭尽已被如来证得。比丘们,通往世间灭尽的道被如来彻底觉悟了,通往世间灭尽的道已被如来修习完成。比丘们,包括天界在内的世间……乃至……这一切,如来都已彻底觉悟。因此,他被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasmā tathāgato visaṃyutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno, lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā , bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā , lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. Yaṃ, bhikkhave , sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
世尊还可以通过另外八种理由被称为如来:以如实而来的方式,所以叫如来;以如实而去的方式,所以叫如来;到达诸如实,所以叫如来;如是而去,所以叫如来;具有如实的特质,所以叫如来;如实地转动法轮,所以叫如来;以诸如实而来,所以叫如来;以如实而去的体性,所以叫如来。巴利
Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato – tathāya āgatoti tathāgato, tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathāni āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathāvidhoti tathāgato, tathā pavattitoti tathāgato, tathehi agatoti tathāgato, tathā gatabhāvena tathāgato.
为什么说“以这样的方式而来,所以叫如来”呢?那位作为善慧菩萨的世尊,在具足十力的燃灯佛足下——巴利
Kathaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavatā sumedhabhūtena dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle –
人的身份、性别圆满、有因、见到导师,
出家、具足德行、资格与发愿。
具足这八种法,成佛的誓愿就能圆满成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ, Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –
已经具备八支、这样发愿的人,在圆满成就这种志向时,会发起这样的伟大誓愿:我已度脱,也要让包括天界众生的世间度脱;我已解脱,也要让别人解脱;我已调御,也要调御别人;我已寂静,也要让别人寂静;我已安稳,也要让别人安稳;我已寂灭,也要让别人寂灭;我已觉悟,也要让别人觉悟。这正是经中所说的:巴利
Evaṃ vuttaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ abhinīhāraṃ sampādentena ‘‘ahaṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ tiṇṇo tāressāmi, mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi, santo samessāmi, assattho assāsessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmi, buddho bodhessāmī’’ti mahāpaṭiññā pavattitā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
就算只有我一个人已经渡到彼岸,成了有力量的男子汉,又有什么用呢?
证得一切知智之后,我要度脱包括诸天在内的世间。
凭着我这份为人类中最胜者(燃灯佛)所作的善业;
证得一切知智之后,我要把众多众生渡到彼岸。
截断轮回的洪流,摧毁三种存在。
登上法船,我要把连同诸天在内的世间渡到彼岸。
我何必靠公开宣说的方式,在此直接证得法呢?
证得一切知智之后,我必将成为与诸天同在的世间中的佛陀。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.55-58);
他确实没有违背这个伟大的承诺。这个承诺,是一切成佛之法的总集能够被抉择、审察和受持的根本原因。因为世尊以恭敬、不间断、毫无遗漏的方式,圆满了四大阿僧祇劫又十万大劫中布施波罗蜜等三十种波罗蜜,舍弃了肢节等五种大舍弃,修成了真实决意等四种决意,积集了福德与智慧两种资粮,把前际修习、前际行持、宣说法义、亲族益行等修行推到最高,使智慧行持达到顶点,从而现证了无上正自觉。因此,他那个伟大的承诺是真实的、不虚的、没有偏差的,在他身上连毫发尖那么一点虚妄都没有。正因为这样,燃灯十力者、衮丹雅、吉祥……乃至咖沙巴世尊,这二十四位正自觉者依次出现,都授记说:“他将来会成佛。”他就是这样在二十四位佛面前得到授记,凡是已经立下大愿的菩萨所应得的利益,他都得到之后才来。因此,依靠前面所说的那个伟大而真实的承诺,他证得了、到达了、获得了已经正觉的境界,所以叫“如来”。这样,由真实而来,就叫“如来”。巴利
Taṃ panetaṃ mahāpaṭiññaṃ sakalassāpi buddhakaradhammasamudāyassa pavicaya paccavekkhaṇasamādānānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ avisaṃvādetvā lokanāyako yasmā mahākappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesato dānapāramiādayo samatiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā, aṅgapariccāgādayo pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, saccādhiṭṭhānādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni paribrūhetvā, puññañāṇasambhāre sambharitvā, pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo ukkaṃsāpetvā, buddhicariyaṃ paramakoṭiṃ pāpetvā, anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi, tasmā tasseva sā mahāpaṭiññā tathā avitathā anaññathā, na tassa vālaggamattampi vitathaṃ atthi. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaradasabalo koṇḍañño maṅgalo…pe… kassapo bhagavāti ime catuvīsati sammāsambuddhā paṭipāṭiyā uppannā ‘‘buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu. Evaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ santike laddhabyākaraṇo ye te katābhinīhārehi bodhisattehi laddhabbā ānisaṃsā, te labhitvāva āgatoti tāya yathāvuttāya mahāpaṭiññāya tathāya abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?因为他是以真实的大悲而行。这位世间救护者以广大的悲心,看到众生陷入极重的苦难逼迫之中,心里想:“他们没有别的依靠,只有我已经从轮回之苦中解脱,我也要让他们解脱。”这样激励了自己的心,发起伟大的誓愿。发了愿之后,就按照自己的誓愿,为成就一切世间的利益而努力,不顾自己的身体和性命,修习那些别人一听就会心生恐惧的极难行的苦行。他这样修行,使自己在趋向大菩提的道路上,不退失、不被染污、不停滞,而是一步比一步更加殊胜。就这样逐渐圆满了一切成佛的资粮,证得了正觉。成佛之后,他又被同样的大悲心所推动,舍弃了独处的喜乐和极寂静的解脱之乐,来到愚痴众生遍满的世间,不计较别人对他的恭敬或轻慢,只是以调伏应当调伏的众生来圆满佛陀的一切事业。这里,世尊以悲心涉入众生的方式,后面会说明。就像已成佛的世间救护者对众生有大悲心一样,他在菩萨阶段、发大誓愿的时候也是如此。因为无论在什么情况下、什么时候都完全一样,是真实的、不虚的、不错的,所以他在三个阶段中对一切众生都以平等一味的大悲心,为一切世间的利益而趣入、而行,因此称为“如来”。这就是“以真实而行,所以叫如来”的意思。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato? Yāya mahākaruṇāya lokanātho mahādukkhasambādhappaṭipannaṃ sattanikāyaṃ disvā ‘‘tassa natthañño koci paṭissaraṇaṃ, ahameva namito saṃsāradukkhato mutto mocessāmī’’ti samussāhitamānaso mahābhinīhāramakāsi. Katvā ca yathāpaṇidhānaṃ sakalalokahitasampādanāya ussukkamāpanno attano kāyajīvitanirapekkho paresaṃ sotapathāgamanamattenapi cittutrāsasamuppādikā atidukkarā dukkaracariyā samācaranto yathā mahābodhiyā paṭipatti hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, atha kho uttaruttari visesabhāgiyāva hoti, tathā paṭipajjamāno anupubbena niravasese bodhisambhāre sampādetvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇi. Tato parañca tāyeva mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso pavivekaratiṃ paramañca santaṃ vimokkhasukhaṃ pahāya bālajanabahule loke tehi samuppāditaṃ sammānāvamānavippakāraṃ agaṇetvā vineyyajanassa vinayanena niravasesaṃ buddhakiccaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Tattha yo bhagavato sattesu mahākaruṇāya samokkamanākāro, so parato āvibhavissati. Yathā ca buddhabhūtassa lokanāthassa sattesu mahākaruṇā, evaṃ bodhisattabhūtassapi mahābhinīhārakālādīsūti sabbattha sabbadā ca ekasadisatāya tathā avitathā anaññathā, tasmā tīsupi avatthāsu sabbasattesu samānarasāya tathāya mahākaruṇāya sakalalokahitāya gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?因为他是如实而来。这里的“如实”,指的是四种圣道智。这四种圣道智,就是如实通达四圣谛——也就是“这是苦、这是苦的集起、这是苦的灭尽、这是通向苦灭的道路”——这四圣谛统摄了一切应当了知的法,是一切法流转与还灭两方面的根源。具体来说:苦有逼迫的含义、有为的含义、热恼的含义、变易的含义;集有积集、起因、结缚、障碍的含义;灭有出离、远离、无为、不死的含义;道有出离、作为因、见、增上的含义,等等,以及它们各自的分支。由于彻底断除了障碍如实了知法之自性的杂染部分,获得了在此中名为“无痴通达”的、以不颠倒的方式运转的智慧;而法的自性、作用、特相从不欺诳,所以说是如实的、不虚妄的、不错乱的。这些真实之法,世尊不是从别人那里听来的,而是自己证知、自己通达的,因此说“如实而来”,所以叫“如来”。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato? Tathāni nāma cattāri ariyamaggañāṇāni. Tāni hi idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti evaṃ sabbañeyyadhammasaṅgāhakānaṃ pavattinivattitadubhayahetubhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho, samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saṃyogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho, nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho, maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetvaṭṭho dassanaṭṭho ādhipateyyaṭṭhotiādīnaṃ tabbibhāgānañca yathābhūtasabhāvāvabodhavibandhakassa saṃkilesapakkhassa samucchindanena paṭiladdhāya tattha asammohābhisamayasaṅkhātāya aviparītākārappavattiyā dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā anaññaneyyo sayameva āgato adhigato, tasmā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
就像道智那样,应当知道世尊的三时无碍智、四无碍解智、四无畏智、五趣分别智、六不共智、七觉支开显智、八支圣道开显智、九次第住等至智、十力智,都应了知为处于那样的状态。巴利
Yathā ca maggañāṇāni, evaṃ bhagavato tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni catupaṭisambhidāñāṇāni catuvesārajjañāṇāni pañcagatiparicchedañāṇāni chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni sattabojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni aṭṭhamaggaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni navānupubbavihārasamāpattiñāṇāni dasabalañāṇāni ca tathabhāve veditabbāni.
这里对它的详细说明是:在无量世界里,对无量众生过去时的蕴、处、界中,凡是应当了知的种种差别——优劣等分类、自性、作用、状态等区分,以及与蕴相关联的名称、族姓等——世尊的智慧都能无碍地现前。对于不依根门而住的色法,即使极其微细、被遮蔽、在极遥远的地方,由各种不同的缘共同生起的色法,其颜色、形状、香、味、触等种种差别,世尊的智慧在这一切上,都像放在手掌中的庵摩罗果一样,直接亲见,毫无障碍。对未来和现在也是如此。这就叫作在三时中无碍的智慧。正如经中所说:巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – yañhi kiñci aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnāsu atītāsu khandhāyatanadhātūsu sabhāvakiccādi avatthāvisesādi khandhappaṭibaddhanāmagottādi ca jānitabbaṃ. Anindriyabaddhesu ca atisukhumatirohitavidūradesesupi rūpadhammesu yo taṃtaṃpaccayavisesehi saddhiṃ paccayuppannānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandharasaphassādiviseso, tattha sabbattheva hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalake viya paccakkhato appaṭihataṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tathā anāgatāsu paccuppannāsu cāti imāni tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni nāma. Yathāha –
世尊在过去的方面,智是无碍的;世尊在未来的方面,智是无碍的;世尊在现在的方面,智是无碍的。巴利
‘‘Atītaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5).
这些法在在处处都不违背诸法的自性、作用和特相,所以是真实的、不虚的、不异的;世尊以自证智证得了它们。也正因如此,他是从真实而来,所以称为如来。巴利
Tāni panetāni tattha tattha dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā sayambhūñāṇena adhigañchīti. Evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,有义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解这四种无碍解。其中,能够识别、辨明、确定种种义的分类,属于义的分类的智,就是义无碍解。能够识别、辨明、确定种种法的分类,属于法的分类的智,就是法无碍解。能够识别、辨明、确定种种词说表达的分别,属于词说表达之分别的智,就是词无碍解。能够识别、辨明、确定种种辩才的分别,属于辩才之分别的智,就是辩无碍解。这就是所说的:巴利
Tathā atthappaṭisambhidā dhammappaṭisambhidā niruttippaṭisambhidā paṭibhānappaṭisambhidāti catasso paṭisambhidā. Tattha atthappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ atthappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Dhammappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ dhammappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Niruttippabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ niruttābhilāpe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā. Paṭibhānappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ paṭibhānappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
对义理的智,是义无碍解;对法的智,是法无碍解;对那法的文词表达之智,是词无碍解;对诸智的智,是辩无碍解。巴利
‘‘Atthe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, tatra dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā, ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 718-721).
在这里,如果按照因的次第,从应当通达、应当证得的来说,简要地讲,因之果就叫作“义”。如果详细分类,那么任何缘所生法、涅槃、所说的义、果报、作用,这五种法就是“义”。观察这个义的人,在这个义当中按分类生起的智,就是义无碍解。而“法”,简要地说就是缘。因为它能安排、推动并达成种种义,所以称为法。如果详细分类,那么任何能产生果的因、圣道、所说、善、不善,这五种法就是“法”。观察这个法的人,在这个法当中按分类生起的智,就是法无碍解。这一点也已经说过:巴利
Ettha ca hetuanusārena araṇīyato adhigantabbato ca saṅkhepato hetuphalaṃ attho nāma. Pabhedato pana yaṃ kiñci paccayuppannaṃ, nibbānaṃ , bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyāti ime pañca dhammā attho. Taṃ atthaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Dhammoti saṅkhepato paccayo. So hi yasmā taṃ taṃ atthaṃ vidahati pavatteti ceva pāpeti ca, tasmā dhammoti vuccati, pabhedato pana yo koci phalanibbattanako hetu ariyamaggo bhāsitaṃ kusalaṃ akusalanti ime pañca dhammā dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
对苦的智慧,是义无碍解;对苦集的智慧,是法无碍解;对苦灭的智慧,是义无碍解;对通往苦灭之道的智慧,是法无碍解。巴利
‘‘Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 719).
或者也可以说:对因的智慧是法无碍解,对因所生果的智慧是义无碍解。对于那些已生、已存在、已产生、已生起、已显现的诸法,对这些法的智慧是义无碍解;而这些法是从哪个因生起、存在、产生、生起、显现的,对那个因的智慧就是法无碍解。对老死的智慧是义无碍解,对老死集起的智慧是法无碍解;对老死灭尽的智慧是义无碍解,对导向老死灭尽之道的智慧是法无碍解。对生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行的智慧是义无碍解,对行集起的智慧是法无碍解;对行灭尽的智慧是义无碍解,对导向行灭尽之道的智慧是法无碍解。巴利
Atha vā hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Ye dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Yamhā dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, tesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jātiyā, bhave, upādāne, taṇhāya, vedanāya, phasse, saḷāyatane, nāmarūpe, viññāṇe, saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā.
在这里,比丘了知法,也就是契经、应颂……(中略)……方广,这称为法无碍解。他了知那每一句所说之法的义:“这是这句所说的义,这是那句所说的义”,这称为义无碍解。巴利
‘‘Idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ jānāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati dhammappaṭisambhidā. So tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, ayaṃ vuccati atthappaṭisambhidā.
哪些法是善的呢?当欲界善心生起时,它与喜俱行、与智相应,所缘或是色……乃至……或是法,或者无论依托什么所缘而生起,就在那时,有触……乃至……有不散乱……这些法就是善。对这些法的智,是法无碍解;对它们异熟果的智,是义无碍解。以上是详细展开(《分别论》724–725)。巴利
‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hoti…pe… ime dhammā kusalā. Imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, tesaṃ vipāke ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā’’tiādi (vibha. 724-725) vitthāro.
对于这个义和法,能毫无偏差地称呼、表达一切众生根本语言摩揭陀语中的自性言辞,也就是在那种自性言辞的表达中,能分辨“这是自性言辞,这不是自性言辞”的智慧,就是词无碍解。对于前面所说的那些智慧,从所缘和作用上,或简或详地把握它们全部,再以这些智慧为所缘来观察,能对那智慧本身细致分辨的智慧,就是辩无碍解。这样,这四种无碍解智都是世尊自己证得的,在义、法等各自范围内,因为无欺诳而现起无颠倒的行相,所以是真实的、不虚妄的、不变异的。正因为如此,世尊是如实而来者,所以称为如来。巴利
Yā panetasmiṃ atthe ca dhamme ca sabhāvanirutti abyabhicāravohāro abhilāpo, tasmiṃ sabhāvaniruttābhilāpe māgadhikāya sabbasattānaṃ mūlabhāsāya ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti, ayaṃ asabhāvaniruttī’’ti pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā. Yathāvuttesu tesu ñāṇesu gocarakiccato vitthārato pavattaṃ sabbampi taṃ ñāṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ ñāṇe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā. Iti imāni cattāri paṭisambhidāñāṇāni sayameva bhagavatā adhigatāni atthadhammādike tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attano visaye avisaṃvādanavasena aviparītākārappavattiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样,凡是任何可以被了知的事物,世尊都已经以一切方式完全了知、看见、证得、彻底觉悟。为什么呢?因为他对于应当证知的各种法,是依照它们应当被证知的样子而觉悟的;对于应当遍知的各种法,是依照它们应当被遍知的样子而觉悟的;对于应当断除的各种法,是依照它们应当被断除的样子而觉悟的;对于应当作证的各种法,是依照它们应当被作证的样子而觉悟的;对于应当修习的各种法,是依照它们应当被修习的样子而觉悟的。因此,没有任何沙门、婆罗门、天人、魔罗或梵天,能够用正当的道理来质问他说:这些法你并没有彻底觉悟。巴利
Tathā yaṃkiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā sabbākārena ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ adhigataṃ abhisambuddhaṃ. Tathā hissa abhiññeyyā dhammā abhiññeyyato buddhā, pariññeyyā dhammā pariññeyyato, pahātabbā dhammā pahātabbato, sacchikātabbā dhammā sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbā dhammā bhāvetabbato, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
凡是应当断除的东西,世尊在菩提树下就已经毫无剩余地全部断除了,它们都成了不再生起的法,所以为了断除它们,再没有别的事要做了。因为同样地,对于贪、嗔、痴、颠倒作意、无惭、无愧、昏沉睡眠、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、憍、固执、好斗、慢、过慢、骄、放逸,以及三种不善根、恶行、不平等、颠倒想、秽寻、戏论、欲求、渴爱、四种颠倒、漏、结、暴流、轭、趣、爱取、五种爱喜、五盖、五心荒芜、五心缚、六诤根、七随眠、八邪行、九嗔事、十爱根、十不善业道、二十一种邪求、六十二恶见、一百零八种爱行等等类别,总共一千五百种烦恼,连同它们的习气,都已经被断除、根绝、彻底消灭了。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能够用正理来质难他说:“你所说的这些烦恼,你并没有断除。”没有这样的人。巴利
Yaṃkiñci pahātabbaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavato anavasesato bodhimūleyeva pahīnaṃ anuppattidhammaṃ , na tassa pahānāya uttari karaṇīyaṃ atthi. Tathā hissa lobhadosamohaviparītamanasikāraahirikānottappathinamiddhakodhūpanāha- makkhapalāsaissāmacchariyamāyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamānātimānamadappamādatividhā- kusalamūladuccaritavisamaviparītasaññā- malavitakkapapañcaesanātaṇhācatubbidhavipariyesaāsavagantha- oghayogāgatitaṇhupādānapañcābhinandananīvaraṇacetokhilacetasovinibandha- chavivādamūlasattānusayaaṭṭhamicchattanavaāghātavatthutaṇhā- mūlakadasaakusalakammapathaekavīsati anesanadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigataaṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritādippabhedaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ saha vāsanāya pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ samūhataṃ, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te kilesā appahīnā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊所说的那些会造成障碍的情形——包括业报、烦恼、诽谤、违犯教诫等各类——对于实际去做的人,确实必定会成为障碍。因此,无论是哪位沙门……乃至……梵天,都没有能力用正当的道理来责难他,以“对于实行之人并不足以构成障碍”之说加以反驳。巴利
Ye cime bhagavatā kammavipākakilesūpavādaāṇāvītikkamappabhedā antarāyikā vuttā, alameva te paṭisevato ekantena antarāyāya. Yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘nālaṃ te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊为了彻底出离整个轮回之苦,而开示了由戒、定、慧所统摄的、具备七大类三十七种成分的、以圣道为前导的无上出离之法。这个法必定导向解脱,对依教奉行的人来说,能让他们从轮回之苦中解脱出来。因此,无论是沙门……还是梵天,没有任何人能够用正理来质问他说:“你所说的这个导向解脱的法,并不能导向解脱。”没有这样的人。经中就是这样说的:“对于你自称是正等正觉者这件事,这些法你并没有真正觉悟。”详细内容如《中部》第150经所说。如此,这些关于世尊自身的智慧、断德和教说殊胜之处真实不虚、以无颠倒的方式生起的四种自信智,是真实的、不虚的、不异的。正因为如此,世尊是如实而来者,所以称为如来。巴利
Yo ca bhagavatā niravasesavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāya sīlasamādhipaññāya saṅgaho sattakoṭṭhāsiko sattatiṃsappabhedo ariyamaggapubbaṅgamo anuttaro niyyāniko dhammo desito, so ekanteneva niyyāti, paṭipannassa vaṭṭadukkhato mokkhāya hoti, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘niyyāniko dhammoti tayā desito na niyyātī’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthīti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.150) vitthāro. Evametāni attano ñāṇappahānadesanāvisesānaṃ avitathabhāvāvabodhanato aviparītākārappavattitāni bhagavato catuvesārajjañāṇāni tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,地狱趣、畜生趣、饿鬼趣、人趣、天趣,这就是五趣。其中,等活地狱等八大地狱、热灰地狱等十六近边地狱,以及世界中间地狱,所有这些因为纯粹是苦、毫无乐味,所以叫地狱;因为随业而投生,所以叫趣;合起来就是地狱趣。极黑暗极寒冷的地狱也都包含在这里面。虫、蚁、蛇、鸟、狗、豺等类,因为身体横着行走,所以叫畜生;它们所在的趣,就是畜生趣。因为被饥渴逼迫、靠别人施舍过活、被渴爱之火燃烧等,苦多乐少,远离明显的快乐,所以叫饿鬼;它们所在的趣,就是饿鬼趣;黑耳等阿修罗也都包含在这里面。赡部洲等四大洲以及小岛的居民,因为心智发达,所以叫人;他们所在的趣,就是人趣。从四大王天开始,一直到非想非非想处的众生,这二十六种天众,因为以神通自在游戏、放光,所以叫天;他们所在的趣,就是天趣。巴利
Tathā nirayagati, tiracchānagati, petagati, manussagati, devagatīti pañca gatiyo, tāsu sañjīvādayo aṭṭha mahānirayā, kukkuḷādayo soḷasa ussadanirayā, lokantarikanirayoti sabbepime ekantadukkhatāya nirassādaṭṭhena nirayā, yathākammunā gantabbato gati cāti nirayagati, tibbandhakārasītanarakāpi etesveva antogadhā. Kimikīṭasarīsapapakkhisoṇasiṅgālādayo tiriyaṃ añchitabhāvena tiracchānā, te eva gatīti tiracchānagati. Khuppipāsitattā paradattūpajīvinijjhāmataṇhikādayo dukkhabahulatāya pākaṭasukhato itā vigatāti petā, te eva gatīti petagati, kālakañcikādiasurāpi etesvevantogadhā. Parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ jambudīpādicatumahādīpavāsino manaso ussannatāya manussā, te eva gatīti manussagati. Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagāti ime chabbīsati devanikāyā dibbanti attano iddhānubhāvena kīḷanti jotanti cāti devā, te eva gatīti devagati.
这些趣本身,因为是各种不同业所感得的、各种不同投生存在的差别,所以从实质上说,就是异熟蕴和业所生的色。在这里,世尊的智慧是这样生起的:他依照各自因果的差别来界定,从处和从因两方面如实了知——“这个趣叫这个名字,是由这种业产生的;而那种业又因为各种缘的差别,才有这样的分类差异,所以这些有情众类才这样各不相同。”因此世尊说:巴利
Tā panetā gatiyo yasmā taṃtaṃkammanibbatto upapattibhavaviseso, tasmā atthato vipākakkhandhā kaṭattā ca rūpaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ayaṃ nāma gati iminā nāma kammunā jāyati, tassa ca kammassa paccayavisesehi evaṃ vibhāgabhinnattā visuṃ ete sattanikāyā evaṃ vibhāgabhinnā’’ti yathāsakaṃ hetuphalavibhāgaparicchindanavasena ṭhānaso hetuso bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tenāha bhagavā –
舍利弗,确实有这五种趣。哪五种呢?地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界、人、天人。舍利弗,我如实了知地狱,也了知通往地狱的道路,以及通往地狱的修行方式;依照这种方式修行的人,身体坏散、死后,会投生到恶趣、苦趣、险难处、地狱——这个我也如实了知。巴利
‘‘Pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā. Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi nirayagāmiñca maggaṃ nirayagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ, yathā paṭipanno ca kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tañca pajānāmī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.153).
不过,世尊的这些智慧,在各自对应的领域里,都是以不颠倒的方式生起的,从不欺诳,所以是真实的、不虚妄的、不会变成别的样子。正因为这样,世尊是“如实而来”,所以称为如来。巴利
Tāni panetāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tasmiṃ tasmiṃ visaye aviparītākārappavattiyā avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,世尊的根上下智,是通过了知众生在信等相应上的不具足与具足,来显示他们是少尘垢还是多尘垢等种种差别,以五十种方式生起。经中就是这样说的:有信仰的人尘垢少,没有信仰的人尘垢多。其详细内容(见《发趣论》1.111)即如此。巴利
Tathā yaṃ sattānaṃ saddhādiyogavikalāvikalabhāvāvabodhanena apparajakkhamahārajakkhatādivisesavibhāvanaṃ paññāsāya ākārehi pavattaṃ bhagavato indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.111) vitthāro.
世尊的这种“了知众生习性随眠的智慧”,是依照众生的习性、随眠等如实显现的方式而生起的。比如:“这个众生尘垢少,这个众生执常见,这个众生执断见,这个众生安住在随顺忍中,这个众生安住在如实智中,这个众生以离欲为习性,不是以欲等为习性。”又如:“这个人的欲贪极其强,不是对抗之类的;这个人的对抗极其强,不是欲贪之类的。”又如:“这个人的福行更多,不是非福行,也不是不动行;这个人的非福行更多,不是福行,也不是不动行;这个人的不动行更多,不是福行,也不是非福行。这个人的身善行更多,这个人的语善行更多,这个人的意善行更多;这个人是低劣胜解,这个人是殊胜胜解;这个人具有业障,这个人具有烦恼障,这个人具有异熟障;这个人不具有业障,不具有烦恼障,不具有异熟障。”如此等等。巴利
Yañca ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo apparajakkho, ayaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ anulomikāyaṃ khantiyaṃ ṭhito, ayaṃ yathābhūtañāṇe ṭhito, ayaṃ kāmāsayo, na nekkhammādiāsayo, ayaṃ nekkhammāsayo, na kāmādiāsayo’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa kāmarāgo ativiya thāmagato, na paṭighādiko, imassa paṭigho ativiya thāmagato, na kāmarāgādiko’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa puññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na apuññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa apuññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa āneñjābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Imassa kāyasucaritaṃ adhikaṃ, imassa vacīsucaritaṃ, imassa manosucaritaṃ, ayaṃ hīnādhimuttiko, ayaṃ paṇītādhimuttiko, ayaṃ kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ na kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, na kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, na vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato’’tiādinā ca sattānaṃ āsayādīnaṃ yathābhūtaṃ vibhāvanākārappavattaṃ bhagavato āsayānusayañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
在这里,如来知道众生的性向,知道随眠,知道他们的行为,知道他们的信解,知道哪些众生有堪能、哪些没有堪能等等。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, bhabbābhabbe satte jānātī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.113).
世尊还有一种智慧,叫“双神变智”,这是不共于他人的。它能让种种不同的变化和神通同时显现出来:从上半身、下半身、前身、后身,从右眼、左眼,从耳孔、鼻孔,从肩头、手掌、脚掌,从手指之间、脚趾之间,以及从每一个毛孔里,同时涌出火聚和水流。关于这一点,曾经这样说:巴利
Yañca uparimaheṭṭhimapurimapacchimakāyehi dakkhiṇavāmaakkhikaṇṇasotanāsikasotaaṃsakūṭahatthapādehi aṅguliaṅgulantarehi lomakūpehi ca aggikkhandhūdakadhārāpavattanaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vividhavikubbaniddhinimmāpanakaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihāriyañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
在这里,如来展现一种声闻弟子们无法共有的双神变:上半身涌出火柱,下半身流下水柱;下半身涌出火柱,上半身流下水柱。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi, uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.116).
世尊的大悲定智:众生界被贪等烦恼以及生等种种苦法所逼迫恼害,世尊想要把他们从这些苦中救拔出来,于是以种种方式生起大悲现行,而这一大悲定智就是其生起的所依之缘。正如《无碍解道》(1.117-118)所说:巴利
Yañca rāgādīhi jātiādīhi ca anekehi dukkhadhammehi upaddutaṃ sattanikāyaṃ tato nīharitukāmatāvasena nānānayehi pavattassa bhagavato mahākaruṇokkamanassa paccayabhūtaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ. Yathāha (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118) –
什么是如来大悲定之智?诸佛世尊以种种方式观察时,大悲就进入他们对众生的心中——因为他们看见“世间居处正在燃烧”,大悲就进入诸佛世尊对众生的心中。他们看见“世间是忙碌的、已出发的、走上邪道的;世间被引向无常;世间没有救护,没有主宰;世间无所有,一切都要舍弃而离去;世间有欠缺,不满足,是渴爱的奴隶”,大悲就进入诸佛世尊对众生的心中。巴利
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ? Bahukehi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Uyyutto, payāto, kummaggappaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro , assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
世间众生居住的处所没有庇护,没有藏身之处,没有归依,成了毫无归依的地方。世间躁动不安,不得平静;世间众生居住的处所被无数箭射中,箭还插在身上;被无明的黑暗遮蔽,被投进烦恼的牢笼。陷入无明的世间众生居住的处所,像被卵膜裹住的蛋,被缠得乱七八糟,像乱丝打成死结,像草团绞在一起,像芦苇和灯心草一样杂乱交错,无法超越恶趣、苦界、堕落和轮回。它被无明的毒所污染,成了烦恼的泥沼,被贪、嗔、痴的死结紧紧缠住。巴利
‘‘Atāyano lokasannivāso, aleṇo, asaraṇo, asaraṇībhūto. Uddhato loko avūpasanto, sasallo lokasannivāso viddho puthusallehi, avijjandhakārāvaraṇo kilesapañjarapakkhitto, avijjāgato lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto kulaguṇḍikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati, avijjāvisadosasaṃlitto, kilesakalalībhūto, rāgadosamohajaṭājaṭito.
被渴爱的纠缠所困,被渴爱的罗网覆盖,被渴爱的洪流冲走,被渴爱的结缚绑住,被渴爱的随眠紧随,被渴爱的热恼灼烧,被渴爱的炽热烧炙。巴利
‘‘Taṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, taṇhājālena otthaṭo, taṇhāsotena vuyhati, taṇhāsaññojanena saṃyutto, taṇhānusayena anusaṭo, taṇhāsantāpena santappati, taṇhāpariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被邪见的缠结束缚,被邪见的罗网罩住,被邪见的洪流冲走,被邪见的结缚绑住,被邪见的随眠紧随,被邪见的热恼灼烧,被邪见的炽燃焚烧。巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhisaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, diṭṭhijālena otthaṭo, diṭṭhisotena vuyhati, diṭṭhisaññojanena saṃyutto, diṭṭhānusayena anusaṭo, diṭṭhisantāpena santappati, diṭṭhipariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被生所跟随,被老所追逐,被病所压倒,被死所击打,立足于苦之中。巴利
‘‘Jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, byādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato, dukkhe patiṭṭhito.
被渴爱所刺穿,被老年的城墙团团围住,被死神的套索套住,被大束缚捆住;被贪、嗔、痴、慢、邪见、烦恼和恶行这些束缚绑住;走在极度拥挤的道路上,被大障碍挡住,掉进了大悬崖,走在大荒野上,走在大轮回里,在大险难中不停打转,陷进了大泥沼。巴利
‘‘Taṇhāya uḍḍito, jarāpākāraparikkhitto, maccupāsena parikkhitto, mahābandhanabaddho, rāgabandhanena dosamohamānadiṭṭhikilesaduccaritabandhanena baddho, mahāsambādhappaṭipanno, mahāpalibodhena palibuddho, mahāpapāte patito, mahākantārappaṭipanno, mahāsaṃsārappaṭipanno, mahāvidugge samparivattati, mahāpalipe palipanno.
世间众生被击打,世间众生被贪火、嗔火、痴火,以及生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧;世间众生被牵引着走向被杀,永远没有庇护,遭受杖罚的盗贼,被罪缚所绑,呈于屠场前;世间众生无依无靠,陷入极度的悲惨,长久以来被苦逼迫、折磨,深陷贪著,永远饥渴。巴利
‘‘Abbhāhato lokasannivāso, āditto lokasannivāso rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, unnītako lokasannivāso haññati niccamatāṇo pattadaṇḍo takkaro, vajjabandhanabaddho āghātanapaccupaṭṭhito, anātho lokasannivāso paramakāruññappatto, dukkhābhitunno cirarattaṃ pīḷito, gadhito niccaṃ pipāsito.
他是个瞎子,没有眼睛,眼目已毁,没有引导者;他跳进了邪路,偏离了正道,一头扎进了巨大的洪流。巴利
‘‘Andho acakkhuko, hatanetto apariṇāyako, vipathapakkhando añjasāparaddho, mahoghapakkhando.
被两种恶见缠住,违犯三种恶行,被四种轭套牢,被四种结缚捆住,以四种执取而执取,登上五趣,贪着五种欲乐,被五盖覆盖,因六种诤论根而诤论,贪着六种渴爱身,被六种恶见缠住,被七种随眠紧跟,被七种结缚系住,因七种慢而抬高自己,随八种世间法而转,被八种邪性引向歧途,因八种人的过失而败坏,因九种嗔恨事而嗔恨,因九种慢而抬高自己,贪着九种以渴爱为根的法,被十种烦恼事染污,因十种嗔恨事而嗔恨,具足十种不善业道,被十种结缚系住,被十种邪性引向歧途,具足十种事相的邪见,具足十种事相的边执见,被一百零八种渴爱戏论所戏论,被六十二种恶见缠住——诸佛世尊如此观察世间众生的处境时,大悲便在他们心中生起。巴利
‘‘Dvīhi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, tīhi duccaritehi vippaṭipanno, catūhi yogehi yojito, catūhi ganthehi ganthito, catūhi upādānehi upādiyati, pañcagatisamāruḷho, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rajjati, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi otthaṭo, chahi vivādamūlehi vivadati, chahi taṇhākāyehi rajjati, chahi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, sattahi anusayehi anusaṭo, sattahi saññojanehi saṃyutto, sattahi mānehi unnato, aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi samparivattati, aṭṭhahi micchattehi niyyāto, aṭṭhahi purisadosehi dussati, navahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, navavidhamānehi unnato, navahi taṇhāmūlakehi dhammehi rajjati, dasahi kilesavatthūhi kilissati, dasahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, dasahi akusalakammapathehi samannāgato, dasahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, dasahi micchattehi niyyāto, dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato, dasavatthukāya antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, aṭṭhasatataṇhāpapañcehi papañcito, dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
我已经渡过去了,可世间还没渡过去。我已经解脱了,可世间还没解脱。我已经调伏了自己,可世间还没调伏。我已经寂静了,可世间还没寂静。我已经安稳了,可世间还没安稳。我已经般涅槃了,可世间还没般涅槃。我已经渡过去了,所以能渡别人过去;我已经解脱了,所以能帮别人解脱;我已经调伏了自己,所以能调伏别人;我已经寂静了,所以能让别人寂静;我已经安稳了,所以能让人安稳;我已经般涅槃了,所以能帮别人般涅槃——诸佛世尊看到这些,就对众生生起了大悲悯。巴利
‘‘Ahañcamhi tiṇṇo, loko ca atiṇṇo. Ahañcamhi mutto, loko ca amutto. Ahañcamhi danto, loko ca adanto. Ahañcamhi santo, loko ca asanto. Ahañcamhi assattho, loko ca anassattho. Ahañcamhi parinibbuto, loko ca aparinibbuto. Pahomi khvāhaṃ tiṇṇo tāretuṃ, mutto mocetuṃ, danto dametuṃ, santo sametuṃ, assattho assāsetuṃ, parinibbuto parinibbāpetunti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118).
就这样,用八十九种行相作了分别。巴利
Evaṃ ekūnanavutiyā ākārehi vibhajanaṃ kataṃ.
世尊的智慧,对于法界中一切应知之法——无论是有为法、无为法等等——都能不依赖别人的教导,以一切方式彻底通达,仅以生起意愿为限而运作,不与其他人共通。因为这种智慧能完全无余地觉悟一切有为法、无为法和世俗谛,所以称为“一切知智”;又因为在这当中没有任何障碍,它的运作无所执著,所以称为“无障碍智”。其实这只是同一个智慧,只是为了从它所行境的角度显示它与其他智慧不共的特相,才说成两种。否则,一切知智和无障碍智就会成为共通,以及成为一切境,这是不合理的,即使依此道理亦然。对此,此处的经文如下:巴利
Yaṃ pana yāvatā dhammadhātuyā yattakaṃ ñātabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatādikassa sabbassa paropadesanirapekkhaṃ sabbākārena paṭivijjhanasamatthaṃ ākaṅkhamattappaṭibaddhavuttianaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ sabbathā anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutisaccāvabodhato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ tatthāvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgappavattimupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti vuccati. Ekameva hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ visayappavattimukhena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ duvidhena uddiṭṭhaṃ. Aññathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ sādhāraṇatā sabbavisayatā āpajjeyyuṃ, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ kiñcāpi imāya yuttiyā. Ayañhettha pāḷi –
了知一切有为法与无为法,毫无剩余,这就是一切知智;在那里面没有障碍,就是无障碍智。了知一切过去法,这就是一切知智;在那里面没有障碍,就是无障碍智。了知一切未来法,这就是一切知智;在那里面没有障碍,就是无障碍智。了知一切现在法,这就是一切知智;在那里面没有障碍,就是无障碍智。(《无碍解道》1.119-120)这是详细广说。巴利
‘‘Sabbaṃ saṅkhatamasaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Atītaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Anāgataṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Paccuppannaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.119-120) vitthāro.
世尊这六种不共智,都以不颠倒的方式生起,对各自对应的境界从不欺诳,所以它们是真实的、不虚妄的、不会变异的。同样地,世尊是真实而来者,因此称为如来。巴利
Evametāni bhagavato chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni aviparītākārappavattiyā yathāsakavisayassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
比丘们,有这七种觉支——念觉支、择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支、轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支。
以上是依照它们各自的体相来说明。
接着,依照它们共同的总体特征来说:所谓觉,是指在出世间圣道生起的那一刹那,现起的以念等为分类的一整套法。它是昏沉、掉举、停滞不前、追求欲乐、沉溺欲乐、自我折磨、执着断灭与永恒等无数种过患的对治。依靠这一整套法,圣弟子得以觉悟,从烦恼的沉睡中醒来,或者通达四圣谛,或者亲自证得涅槃。这一整套法就称为觉。因为它们是觉的组成部分,所以叫觉支;或者说,圣弟子依靠前面所说的那一整套法而觉悟,因此他本人也称为觉,而作为这位觉者的组成部分,它们也叫觉支。
接着,依照它们各自的别相来说:念觉支的特征是安住于所缘,择法觉支的特征是简择诸法,精进觉支的特征是策励,喜觉支的特征是遍满身心,轻安觉支的特征是平息躁动,定觉支的特征是不散乱,舍觉支的特征是审虑。巴利
‘‘Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17; saṃ. ni. 5.185) evaṃ sarūpato, ‘‘yāyaṃ lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānā līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhallikattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtā satiādibhedā dhammasāmaggī, yāya ariyasāvako bujjhati kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikarotīti, sā dhammasāmaggī bodhīti vuccati. Tassā ‘bodhiyā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā, ariyasāvako vā yathāvuttāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā bodhīti vuccati, tassa bodhissa aṅgātipi bojjhaṅgā’’ti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇo satisambojjhaṅgo, pavicayalakkhaṇo dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, paggahalakkhaṇo vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pharaṇalakkhaṇo pītisambojjhaṅgo, upasamalakkhaṇo passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, avikkhepalakkhaṇo samādhisambojjhaṅgo, paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato.
在这里,什么是念觉支?就是比丘具足正念,拥有最殊胜的念与慧,对很久以前做过的事、很久以前说过的话也能忆念、随念——像这样(《分别论》467)等等,这是从显示七觉支在同一刹那相互资助而生起的方式来说的。又如“在这里,什么是念觉支?比丘们,有对内法的念,有对外法的念”(《分别论》467)等等,这是从以所缘境区分来显示它们生起的方式来说的。又如“在这里,什么是念觉支?比丘们,在此比丘修习念觉支,依远离、依离贪、依灭、向于舍遣”(《分别论》471)等等,这是从显示修习方法的方式来说的。又如“在这里,什么是七觉支?比丘们,在此比丘在某个时候修习出世间禅……在那个时侯就有七觉支:念觉支……舍觉支。在这里,什么是念觉支?就是那念……随念”(《分别论》478-479)等等,这是从九万六千种理趣分类来说的。像这样,世尊从种种方面生起的、阐明觉支的智慧,因为对每一种义理都不欺诳,所以是如实的、不虚妄的、没有差错的。世尊也正是这样如实而来,所以是如来。巴利
‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhu , satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā hoti anussaritā’’tiādinā (vibha. 467) sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ aññamaññopakāravasena ekakkhaṇe pavattidassanato, ‘‘tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Atthi ajjhattaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammesu sati, atthi bahiddhā dhammesu satī’’tiādinā tesaṃ visayavibhāgena pavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmi’’ntiādinā (vibha. 471) bhāvanāvidhidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katame satta bojjhaṅgā? Idha bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… tasmiṃ samaye satta bojjhaṅgā honti satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Yā sati…pe… anussatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 478-479) channavutiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ nānākārato pavattāni bhagavato sambojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni tassa tassa atthassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
在这里,什么是导向苦灭的道圣谛?就是这八支圣道,也就是:正见……正定。(《分别论》205)这是从自相来说。因为远离一切烦恼,能使人成为圣者,能使人获得圣果,所以叫“圣”;因为具备八种成分,是证得涅槃的唯一原因,所以叫“八支”。它在断除烦恼时向前行进,被希求涅槃的人所寻求,或者它自己趣向涅槃,所以叫“道”。这是从共相来说。“以正了知为特征的是正见,以正安立为特征的是正思惟,以正摄持为特征的是正语,以正等起为特征的是正业,以正清净为特征的是正命,以正策励为特征的是正精进,以正安住为特征的是正念,以不散乱为特征的是正定。”这是从别相来说。正见和其他相应法一起,断除与自己对立的邪见等烦恼,以涅槃为所缘,通过破除覆盖涅槃的愚痴而离痴,并且见到相应法。同样,正思惟等也断除邪思惟等,以涅槃为所缘,并对俱生法作正安立、正摄持、正等起、正清净、正策励、正安住和令得定。这是从作用分别来说。正见在前行阶段,于不同刹那各自以苦等为所缘;在道刹那,则于同一刹那唯以涅槃为所缘,依其作用而得到“苦智”等四种名称。正思惟等在前行阶段,于不同刹那有不同所缘;在道刹那,则于同一刹那缘同一所缘。巴利
‘‘Tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 205) evaṃ sarūpato. Sabbakilesehi ārakattā ariyabhāvakarattā ariyaphalappaṭilābhakarattā ca ariyo, aṭṭhavidhattā nibbānādhigamāya ekantakāraṇattā ca aṭṭhaṅgiko. Kilese mārento gacchati, nibbānatthikehi maggīyati, sayaṃ vā nibbānaṃ maggatīti maggoti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Sammā dassanalakkhaṇā sammādiṭṭhi, sammā abhiniropanalakkhaṇo sammāsaṅkappo, sammā pariggahaṇalakkhaṇā sammāvācā, sammā samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇo sammākammanto, sammā vodānalakkhaṇo sammāājīvo, sammā paggahalakkhaṇo sammāvāyāmo, sammā upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇā sammāsati, sammā avikkhepalakkhaṇo sammāsamādhī’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato. Sammādiṭṭhi aññehipi attano paccanīkakilesehi saddhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tappaṭicchādakamohavidhamanena asammohato sampayuttadhamme ca passati. Tathā sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīni pajahanti, nibbānañca ārammaṇaṃ karonti, sahajātadhammānaṃ sammāabhiniropanapariggahaṇasamuṭṭhānavodānapaggahaupaṭṭhānasamādahanāni ca karontīti evaṃ kiccavibhāgato. Sammādiṭṭhi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā visuṃ visuṃ dukkhādiārammaṇā hutvā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccato ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādīni cattāri nāmāni labhati, sammāsaṅkappādayopi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā ekārammaṇā.
在这些当中,正思惟按作用获得“出离思惟”等三个名称;正语等三支在前行阶段,按远离妄语等的区分,既可以是远离,也可以是思,而在道刹那则只是远离;正精进和正念按作用,依正勤和念处而获得四个名称。正定则在道刹那也依初禅等而各有不同。这样,从前行阶段和后起阶段的运作差别来说,以及从“诸比丘,在此,比丘修习正见,依远离……”等(《分别论》489)的修习方式来说,还有从“其中,什么是八支道?在此,比丘在修习出世间禅……苦迟通行、钝慧时,那时就有八支道:正见、正思惟……”等(《分别论》499)的八万四千种理趣分类来说——如此,世尊从种种方面所转起的、阐明圣道的智,因为对义理没有欺诳,所以全部都是如实的、不虚妄的、无变异的。世尊也正是这样如实而来,所以称为如来。巴利
Tesu sammāsaṅkappo kiccato nekkhammasaṅkappotiādīni tīṇi nāmāni labhati, sammāvācādayo tayo pubbabhāge musāvādāveramaṇītiādivibhāgā viratiyopi cetanāyopi hutvā maggakkhaṇe viratiyova, sammāvāyāmasatiyo kiccato sammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasena cattāri nāmāni labhanti. Sammāsamādhi pana maggakkhaṇepi paṭhamajjhānādivasena nānā evāti evaṃ pubbabhāgaparabhāgesu pavattivibhāgato, ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’ntiādinā (vibha. 489) bhāvanāvidhito, ‘‘tattha katamo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… dukkhāpaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo’’tiādinā (vibha. 499) caturāsītiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ anekākārato pavattāni bhagavato ariyamaggavibhāvanañāṇāni atthassa avisaṃvādanato sabbānipi tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,从初禅等至到灭尽等至,依照次第安住之义和证入之义,在次第住等至中,以修习、省察等方式,随宜地、以相应结合的方式,世尊生起的诸智,因为能达成各自的目的,所以是如实的、不虚妄的、无变异的。同样地,对于“这是此果的因,这是非因”,无颠倒地了知每一个果报的因与非因;对众生所造作的、分为过去等不同类别的业,毫无遗漏地如实了知异熟果报的差别;就在造业的当下,对该众生如实了知“这是趣向地狱之道……乃至……这是趣向涅槃之道”,如实分辨有漏与无漏的业之差别;对蕴、处等,以“由于此界增盛,于此法相续中生起这样的差别”等方式,如实了知世间已执受、未执受等种种自性与种种差别,如实了知界的种种差异;毫无遗漏地了知众生低劣等意乐与胜解;了知信等诸根的锐利与迟钝;了知与杂染等相应的禅那、解脱等差别;毫无遗漏地了知众生在无量生中,连同与其相关的结生,过去所住的诸蕴相续;连同低劣等差别,了知死与结生;以“这是苦”等如前所述的方式了知四圣谛——这些世尊的十力智,因为不偏离而各自深入自己的领域,因为能达成所 intended 的目的,因为如实而行,所以是如实的、不虚妄的、无变异的。巴利
Tathā paṭhamajjhānasamāpatti yā ca nirodhasamāpattīti etāsu anupaṭipāṭiyā viharitabbaṭṭhena samāpajjitabbaṭṭhena ca anupubbavihārasamāpattīsu sampādanapaccavekkhaṇādivasena yathārahaṃ sampayogavasena ca pavattāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tadatthasiddhiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni . Tathā ‘‘idaṃ imassa ṭhānaṃ, idaṃ aṭṭhāna’’nti aviparītaṃ tassa tassa phalassa kāraṇākāraṇajānanaṃ, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ atītādibhedabhinnassa kammasamādānassa anavasesato yathābhūtaṃ vipākantarajānanaṃ, āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva tassa tassa sattassa ‘‘ayaṃ nirayagāminī paṭipadā…pe… ayaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yāthāvato sāsavānāsavakammavibhāgajānanaṃ, 0.khandhāyatanādīnaṃ upādinnānupādinnādianekasabhāvaṃ nānāsabhāvañca tassa lokassa ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imasmiṃ dhammappabandhe ayaṃ viseso jāyatī’’tiādinā nayena yathābhūtaṃ dhātunānattajānanaṃ, anavasesato sattānaṃ hīnādiajjhāsayādhimuttijānanaṃ, saddhādiindriyānaṃ tikkhamudutājānanaṃ, saṃkilesādīhi saddhiṃ jhānavimokkhādivisesajānanaṃ , sattānaṃ aparimāṇāsu jātīsu tappaṭibandhena saddhiṃ anavasesato pubbenivutthakkhandhasantatijānanaṃ, hīnādivibhāgehi saddhiṃ cutipaṭisandhijānanaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva catusaccajānananti imāni bhagavato dasabalañāṇāni avirajjhitvā yathāsakaṃ visayāvagāhanato yathādhippetatthasādhanato ca yathābhūtavuttiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –
在这里,如来如实了知什么是可能的处、什么是不可能的非处……等等。巴利
‘‘Idha tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (vibha. 809; a. ni. 10.21).
世尊同样是因为到达了诸真实法,所以称为如来。巴利
Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
正如依照这些智的方式,同样,依照前面所说的念处、正勤、阐明智等无量无数、种种差别、不与其他修行者共有的殊胜智慧的方式,世尊证得了这样的智,所以是如来。同样地,因为证得了这样的智,所以是如来。巴利
Yathā cetesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ vasena, evaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānavibhāvanañāṇādīnaṃ anantāparimeyyabhedānaṃ anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ paññāvisesānaṃ vasena bhagavā tathāni ñāṇāni āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
“如来”为什么叫“如来”呢?因为世尊的出生、正等觉、对法与律的宣说、无余涅槃界,这些都是如实的。这话是什么意思呢?世间怙主所追求并宣说的正等觉,其目的因为究竟成就而毫无欺诳,因为不颠倒地运作而如实、不虚妄、不变异。确实如此,这位世尊在菩萨位时,圆满了三十种波罗蜜等如前所说的一切成佛之因,住在兜率天时,听到有佛出世的宣告,十千世界的天众聚集在一起,前来亲近并请求:巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavato abhijāti abhisambodhi dhammavinayapaññāpanā anupādisesanibbānadhātu, sā tathā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadatthaṃ lokanāthena abhisambodhi patthitā pavattitā ca, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā avisaṃvādanato aviparītatthavuttiyā tathā avitathā anaññathā. Tathā hi ayaṃ bhagavā bodhisattabhūto samatiṃsapāramiparipūraṇādikaṃ vuttappabhedaṃ sabbaṃ buddhattahetuṃ sampādetvā tusitapure ṭhitova buddhakolāhalaṃ sutvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi ekato sannipatitāhi upasaṅkamitvā –
大雄啊,天神啊,时候到了,请降入母胎吧。
救度包括诸天在内的世间,你要觉悟不死之道。巴利
‘‘Kālo deva mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
他被祈请后,先前预兆已出现,又观察了五种大观察,然后想:“我现在要投生到人间,成就正等正觉。”于是在阿沙荼月满月那天,在释迦王族中,投生到摩诃摩耶夫人的胎里,经过十个月,受到天界和人间大众盛大的恭敬守护,在毗舍佉月满月那天的破晓时分,诞生了。巴利
Āyācito uppannapubbanimitto pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā ‘‘idānāhaṃ manussayoniyaṃ uppajjitvā abhisambujjhissāmī’’ti āsāḷhipuṇṇamāya sakyarājakule mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse devamanussehi mahatā parihārena parihariyamāno visākhapuṇṇamāya paccūsasamaye abhijātiṃ pāpuṇi.
在他诞生那一刻,就像入胎结生时一样,三十二种前兆显现出来。这十千世界震动、大震动、剧烈震动、猛烈震动;在十千个轮围世界中,无量的光明遍照。仿佛想亲眼看见他的荣耀一般,天生的盲人得到了眼睛,聋子听到了声音,哑巴开口说话了,驼背的人身体变直了,跛脚的人能用脚走路了,被捆绑关押的一切众生都从镣铐等束缚中解脱出来,一切地狱里的火都熄灭了,饿鬼界的饥渴止息了,畜生道的恐惧消失了,一切众生的疾病都痊愈了,一切众生都说话柔和亲切,马匹发出悦耳的嘶鸣,大象发出吼声,各种乐器各自发出声响,人们戴在手腕等处的饰物没有被碰触也发出悦耳的声音,一切方向都变得清净明亮,一阵柔和清凉的风吹来,让众生生起快乐,非时的云降下了雨,水也从大地涌出流淌,飞鸟停止了在空中飞行,河流不再流动而停住了,大海的水变成了甜的,在远离污浊的太阳清晰可见的同时,空中一切星辰都闪耀起来,除了无色界的诸天之外,其余一切诸天以及一切地狱众生都现出可见的形色,树木、墙壁、门扇、岩石等都不再成为障碍,众生没有死亡和投生,一切不好的气味都被压过,天界的香气飘散开来,一切能结果的树都结满了果实,大海各处水面都被五色莲花覆盖,陆生、水生等一切花都绽放了,树干上开出干莲,树枝上开出枝莲,藤蔓上开出藤莲,大地表面的石板裂开,一层又一层、每处七朵地涌出了所谓的“杖莲”,空中出现了悬垂的莲花,四周降下花雨,空中奏响了天乐,整个十千世界就像被旋转抛出的花球,又像被挤压捆扎的花束,又像装饰布置好的花座,成为一个戴着同一花鬘、挥动着闪亮拂尘、弥漫着花香与香烟、达到极致美丽的整体。而那些前兆,正是后来所证得的种种殊胜成就的先兆。就这样,这场以无数稀有之事出现而庄严的诞生,为了他当初所求的正等觉这个目的,正是那正等觉必定成就的证明,真实不虚、毫无差错。巴利
Abhijātikkhaṇe panassa paṭisandhiggahaṇakkhaṇe viya dvattiṃsapubbanimittāni pāturahesuṃ. Ayañhi dasasahassī lokadhātu kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu appamāṇo obhāso phari, tassa taṃ siriṃ daṭṭhukāmā viya jaccandhā cakkhūni paṭilabhiṃsu, badhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu. Mūgā samālapiṃsu, khujjā ujugattā ahesuṃ, paṅgulā padasā gamanaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, bandhanagatā sabbasattā andubandhanādīhi mucciṃsu, sabbanirayesu aggi nibbāyi, pettivisaye khuppipāsā vūpasami, tiracchānānaṃ bhayaṃ nāhosi, sabbasattānaṃ rogo vūpasami, sabbasattā piyaṃvadā ahesuṃ, madhurenākārena assā hasiṃsu, vāraṇā gajjiṃsu, sabbatūriyāni sakaṃ sakaṃ ninnādaṃ muñciṃsu, aghaṭṭitāni eva manussānaṃ hatthūpagādīni ābharaṇāni madhurenākārena raviṃsu, sabbadisā vippasannā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ sukhaṃ uppādayamāno mudusītalavāto vāyi, akālamegho vassi, pathavitopi udakaṃ ubbhijjitvā vissandi, pakkhino ākāsagamanaṃ vijahiṃsu, nadiyo asandamānā aṭṭhaṃsu, mahāsamudde madhuraṃ udakaṃ ahosi, upakkilesavimutte sūriye dissamāne eva ākāsagatā sabbā jotiyo jaliṃsu , ṭhapetvā arūpāvacare deve avasesā sabbe devā sabbepi nerayikā dissamānarūpā ahesuṃ, tarukuṭṭakavāṭaselādayo anāvaraṇabhūtā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ cutūpapātā nāhesuṃ, sabbaṃ aniṭṭhagandhaṃ abhibhavitvā dibbagandho vāyi, sabbe phalūpagā rukkhā phaladharā sampajjiṃsu, mahāsamuddo sabbatthakameva pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi sañchannatalo ahosi, thalajajalajādīni sabbapupphāni pupphiṃsu, rukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhapadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni pupphiṃsu, mahītale silātalāni bhinditvā uparūpari satta satta hutvā daṇḍapadumāni nāma nikkhamiṃsu, ākāse olambakapadumāni nibbattiṃsu, samantato pupphavassaṃ vassi, ākāse dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu, sakaladasasahassī lokadhātu vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamālāguḷaṃ viya uppīḷetvā baddhamālākalāpo viya alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ mālāsanaṃ viya ca ekamālāmālinī vipphurantavāḷabījanī pupphadhūpagandhaparivāsitā paramasobhaggappattā ahosi, tāni ca pubbanimittāni upari adhigatānaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ nimittabhūtāni eva ahesuṃ. Evaṃ anekacchariyapātubhāvappaṭimaṇḍitā cāyaṃ abhijāti yadatthaṃ anena abhisambodhi patthitā, tassā abhisambodhiyā ekantasiddhiyā tathāva ahosi avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,那些应当由佛来度化的、与觉悟有缘的众生,也全都毫无遗漏地由世尊亲自调伏了。而那些应当由声闻来度化、应当由法来度化的众生,也由声闻弟子等调伏,正在被调伏,将来也会被调伏。世尊正是为了这个目标而希求正等觉,由于该目标已完全成就,所以这正等觉是如实、不虚、不异的。巴利
Tathā ye buddhaveneyyā bodhaneyyabandhavā, te sabbepi anavasesato sayameva bhagavatā vinītā. Ye ca sāvakaveneyyā dhammaveneyyā ca, tepi sāvakādīhi vinītā vinayaṃ gacchanti gamissanti cāti yadatthaṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhi abhipatthitā, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
而且,对于每一个应当被了知的法,无论它自身的本性是什么,世尊都以自己的智慧,仅仅靠一次作意,就像放在手掌上的余甘子果一样,毫无颠倒、毫无遗漏地完全通达。因此,这样的正等觉是真实的、不虚的、如是不变的。巴利
Apica yassa yassa ñeyyadhammassa yo yo sabhāvo bujjhitabbo, so so hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya āvajjanamattappaṭibaddhena attano ñāṇena aviparītaṃ anavasesato bhagavatā abhisambuddhoti evampi abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,世尊完全如实地观察了各种法应当以何种方式宣说,也完全如实地观察了各类众生的意乐、随眠、行迹和胜解,始终不偏离法的本性,也不越过施设、言说与理则的轨道,阐明法的实相。他根据各人犯过的过失、各自的内心倾向和法来教导,把应当调伏的人引导到圣者的境地。因此,他所安立的法与律,由于已经达成了这个目的,并且如实而行,所以是真实的、不虚的、无异的。巴利
Tathā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ tathā tathā desetabbappakāraṃ tesaṃ tesañca sattānaṃ āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiṃ sammadeva oloketvā dhammataṃ avijahanteneva paññattinayavohāramaggaṃ anatidhāvanteneva ca dhammataṃ vibhāvantena yathāparādhaṃ yathājjhāsayaṃ yathādhammañca anusāsantena bhagavatā veneyyā vinītā ariyabhūmiṃ sampāpitāti dhammavinayapaññāpanāpissa tadatthasiddhiyā yathābhūtavuttiyā ca tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,世尊所证得的那种涅槃界,脱离了地等触、受等色法与无色法的自性;因为它没有坏灭这回事,所以超越了世间的性质;因为它脱离了黑暗,所以不被任何东西照亮;正因为它没有世间的性质,所以也没有趣向等状态。它没有依止,没有所缘,被称为不死的伟大涅槃界。由于被称为取蕴的那些东西,连一丝一毫都不存在,所以称为“无余”。针对这一点,经中说:巴利
Tathā yā sā bhagavatā anuppattā pathaviyādiphassavedanādirūpārūpasabhāvavinimuttā lujjanabhāvābhāvato lokasabhāvātītā tamasā visaṃsaṭṭhattā kenaci anobhāsanīyā lokasabhāvābhāvato eva gatiādibhāvarahitā appatiṭṭhā anārammaṇā amatamahānibbānadhātu khandhasaṅkhātānaṃ upādīnaṃ lesamattassapi abhāvato anupādisesāti vuccati, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
比丘们,存在这样一个处,在那里,没有地,没有水,没有火,没有风;没有空无边处,没有识无边处,没有无所有处,没有非想非非想处;没有这个世界,没有另一个世界,也没有日月两者。比丘们,在那里,我说没有来,没有去,没有停留,没有死亡,没有投生。它无所依止,不继续运转,无所缘取——这就是苦的尽头。巴利
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī na āpo na tejo na vāyo na ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ na viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ na ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nāyaṃ loko na paro loko na ca ubho candimasūriyā, tatrāpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, neva āgatiṃ vadāmi na gatiṃ na ṭhitiṃ na cutiṃ na upapattiṃ, appatiṭṭhaṃ appavattaṃ anārammaṇamevetaṃ, esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 71).
它就是一切取蕴的彻底灭尽,是一切造作的止息,是一切依着的彻底舍离,是一切苦的寂灭,是一切执著的根除,是一切轮回的断灭,它的特征就是究竟寂静。因为所说的这种本性任何时候都不会违背事实,所以它是真实的、不虚的、不变的。就这样,通过“生类”等这些含义,他如此去了、如此到达了、如此证得了、如此修行了、如此达到了,所以叫如来。因此,世尊是“如此而去者”,所以叫如来。巴利
Sā sabbesampi upādānakkhandhānaṃ atthaṅgamo, sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatho, sabbūpadhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo, sabbadukkhānaṃ vūpasamo, sabbālayānaṃ samugghāto, sabbavaṭṭānaṃ upacchedo, accantasantilakkhaṇoti yathāvuttasabhāvassa kadācipi avisaṃvādanato tathā avitathā anaññathā. Evametā abhijātiādikā tathā gato upagato adhigato paṭipanno pattoti tathāgato. Evaṃ bhagavā tathā gatoti tathāgato.
怎样才是“如彼样”的如来?过去那些正自觉者是什么样,这位世尊也是什么样。这话说的是什么意思?那些世尊具有道戒、果戒,以及一切世间与出世间的戒;具有道定、果定,以及一切世间与出世间的定;具有道慧、果慧,以及一切世间与出世间的慧;他们每天都能安住在二十四俱胝十万种等至中;他们具有彼分解脱、镇伏解脱、正断解脱、止息解脱、出离解脱——这是简略地说。若详细地说,他们具有无量无数种不可思议的威神力,具足一切知的一切功德,我们这位世尊也同样如此。一切正自觉者在寿命、身量、种族、难行、身光这五方面可以有差别,但在戒清净等种种清净上,在止观修行上,在自己所证得的功德上,没有任何差别。就像从中间剖开的纯金一样,那些佛陀世尊彼此毫无分别。所以,过去那些正自觉者是什么样,这位世尊也是什么样。这样,以“如彼样”之义,称为如来。这里“去”这个字含有“样”的意思,因为世间人在表达种类时,就用与“样”相关的“去”字来说。巴利
Kathaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato? Yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvidhā te bhagavanto maggasīlena phalasīlena sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasīlena, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, maggapaññāya phalapaññāya sabbāyapi lokiyalokuttarapaññāya, devasikaṃ valañjitabbehi catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattivihārehi, tadaṅgavimuttiyā, vikkhambhanavimuttiyā, samucchedavimuttiyā, paṭippassaddhivimuttiyā, nissaraṇavimuttiyāti saṅkhepato. Vitthārato pana anantāparimāṇabhedehi acinteyyānubhāvehi sakalasabbaññuguṇehi, ayampi amhākaṃ bhagavā tathāvidho. Sabbesañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ āyuvemattaṃ, sarīrappamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, dukkaracariyāvemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti, imehi pañcahi vemattehi siyā vemattaṃ, na pana sīlavisuddhiyādīsu visuddhīsu samathavipassanāpaṭipattiyaṃ attanā paṭiladdhaguṇesu ca kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ atthi. Atha kho majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya aññamaññaṃ nibbisesā te buddhā bhagavanto. Tasmā yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Evaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato. Vidhattho cettha gatasaddo, tathā hi lokiyā vidhayuttagatasadde pakāratthe vadanti.
如来是怎样“如此转起”的呢?因为如来具足不共于任何人的神通威力,达到了义无碍解等的最高圆满,并获得了无障碍的智慧,所以世尊的身体活动等在任何地方都没有阻碍,能随自己的喜好而去、而行,身语意的活动都如此——因此称为如来。这就是以“如此转起”之义而称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathā pavattitoti tathāgato? Anaññasādhāraṇena iddhānubhāvena samannāgatattā atthappaṭisambhidādīnaṃ ukkaṃsapāramippattiyā anāvaraṇañāṇappaṭilābhena ca bhagavato kāyappavattiyādīnaṃ katthaci paṭighātābhāvato yathā ruci tathā gataṃ gati gamanaṃ kāyavacīcittappavatti etassāti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathā pavattitoti tathāgato.
为什么说“以真实智无去”而称如来?在积集菩提资粮时,与它相反的行为生起,这叫做“去”;而这样的“去”在如来身上完全不存在,所以叫“无去”。而他的这种“无去”,是通过对悭吝、布施波罗蜜等,以不颠倒的方式审察过患与功德等途径所生起的智慧,也就是以真实智而无去,所以称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathehi agatoti tathāgato? Bodhisambhārasambharaṇe tappaṭipakkhappavattisaṅkhātaṃ natthi etassa gatanti agato. So panassa agatabhāvo maccheradānapāramiādīsu aviparītaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇādinayappavattehi ñāṇehīti tathehi ñāṇehi agatoti tathāgato.
或者也可以这样说:所谓“去”,是指烦恼与行所推动的生起,或者仅仅是指五蕴的相续流转;而这样的“去”和“行”,在五趣之中,他都已经完全没有了,所以叫“无去”。由于他证得了有余涅槃和无余涅槃,他这种“无去”的状态,是靠真实的圣道智慧而成就的。世尊也是以这样的真实智慧而无去,所以称为如来。巴利
Atha vā kilesābhisaṅkhārappavattisaṅkhātaṃ khandhappavattisaṅkhātameva vā pañcasupi gatīsu gataṃ gamanaṃ etassa natthīti agato. Saupādisesaanupādisesanibbānappattiyā svāyamassa agatabhāvo tathehi ariyamaggañāṇehīti evampi bhagavā tathehi agatoti tathāgato.
怎样才是因为“如来”的状态而成为如来呢?“如来”的状态,就是指以如来的一切真实状态而存在。那么,这个“如来”到底指什么?因为它的存在,世尊才被称为如来吗?就是正法。
正法确实如此:圣道,依靠止观双运的力量,彻底无余地根除烦恼那一方,以完全断除的方式应当被达到,所以是“如此而去”。果法,随顺自己的道,以止息和断除的方式应当被达到,所以是“如此而行、如此而转”。涅槃法,则是以智慧所通达,成就一切轮回之苦的寂灭,被佛陀等如此证知,所以是“如此而去”。教法也是如此:像过去诸佛以经、应颂等方式宣说流转等,随顺所化众生的根机意乐等而运转,我们世尊也如此宣说、如此演示,所以也是“如此而去”。或者也可以说:像世尊所教导的那样,弟子们如此去行、如此去解,所以是“如此而去”。这样,一切正法都是“如此而去”。因此,天王帝释说:“我们礼敬为天人所供养的如来法,愿得安乐。”这正法存在于世尊之中,所以世尊是如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatabhāvena tathāgato? Tathā gatabhāvenāti ca tathāgatassa sabbhāvena atthitāyāti attho. Ko panesa tathāgato, yassa atthitāya bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccatīti? Saddhammo. Saddhammo hi ariyamaggo tāva yathā yuganaddhasamathavipassanābalena anavasesato kilesapakkhaṃ samūhanantena samucchedappahānavasena gantabbaṃ , tathā gato. Phaladhammo yathā attano maggānurūpaṃ paṭippassaddhipahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato pavatto. Nibbānadhammo pana yathā gato paññāya paṭividdho sakalavaṭṭadukkhavūpasamāya sampajjati, buddhādīhi tathā gato sacchikatoti tathāgato. Pariyattidhammopi yathā purimabuddhehi suttageyyādivasena pavattiādippakāsanavasena ca veneyyānaṃ āsayādianurūpaṃ pavattito, amhākampi bhagavatā tathā gato gadito pavattitoti vā tathāgato. Yathā bhagavatā desito, tathā bhagavato sāvakehi gato avagatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ sabbopi saddhammo tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devānamindo – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.17; su. ni. 240). Svāssa atthīti bhagavā tathāgato.
就像法是如此,圣僧团也是如此:为了自己的利益和他人的利益而修行的人,以极为清净的前行止观修行道为先导,应当沿着那一条条圣道走向所应到达之处,因此称为“如此而去者”。或者,像世尊所宣说的谛、缘起等法那样,由于已经觉悟并同样宣说,所以称为如来。因此,天王帝释说:“对为天人所敬奉的如来,我们礼敬僧团,愿得吉祥。”这位世尊有那样的声闻弟子存在,所以世尊就是如来。这样,由于具备如来的状态,所以称为如来。巴利
Yathā ca dhammo, evaṃ ariyasaṅghopi yathā attahitāya parahitāya ca paṭipannehi suvisuddhaṃ pubbabhāgasamathavipassanāpaṭipadaṃ purakkhatvā tena tena maggena gantabbaṃ, taṃ taṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato. Yathā vā bhagavatā saccapaṭiccasamuppādādayo desitā, tathāva buddhattā tathā gadanato ca tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devarājā – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. Svāssa sāvakabhūto atthīti bhagavā tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgatoti.
这一点也只是在说明如来的如来性时的一个开头而已,真正要完整地、从各个方面来描述如来的如来性,只有如来本人才做得到。因为“如来”这个词含义深广、指向深远、涵盖极广,就像“不放逸”这个词一样。就算有人把整部三藏佛语都合理地引过来阐明它的含义,也不能说他是“说法的法师还没站稳就贸然冲进去了”。巴利
Idampi ca tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvadīpane mukhamattakameva, sabbākārena pana tathāgatova tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvaṃ vaṇṇeyya. Idañhi tathāgatapadaṃ mahatthaṃ mahāgatikaṃ mahāvisayaṃ, tassa appamādapadassa viya tepiṭakampi buddhavacanaṃ yuttito atthabhāvena āharanto ‘‘atitthena dhammakathiko pakkhando’’ti na vattabboti.
这里说的是:巴利
Tatthetaṃ vuccati –
就像世间过去那些大仙们,
牟尼们已经来到这里,成就了一切知。
同样,这位释迦牟尼也来了,
如来被称为具眼者。
彻底舍弃了贪欲等一切污垢,毫无残留,
胜者们通过定与智,如此这般地到达。
过去的释迦牟尼,持有光明,
如来因此被称为如来。
以及如实地界、处等的特相,
按照自性、共性、分类和差别来区分。
这位胜者凭着自生智而来。
如来被称为释迦族的雄牛。
他以遍照一切的眼,如实通达了那些真理。
同样地,也要从一切方面彻底了知这种此缘性。
不依他人而知,从方法上得到阐明。
如来以这种方式到达,因此这位胜者就是如来。
即使在各种不同类别的世间界中,
胜者的颜色处等感官对象的领域中;
在种种不同的区分中,同样地看见。
如来因此具有普眼。
当他确实按照法来说法,
他用言语做出符合自身的事。
他以种种功德征服了世间,展现出威仪。
如来也因此成为世间导师。
就这样,以这样的方式完全地遍知之后,
他了知世间,并超越了它的生起。
已经通过现观证入涅槃,
如来已经走上圣道。
就这样,以所承认,真实地,完全地,
为了世间的利益,他从那里来到这里。
对那一位,导师总是以悲悯之心,
胜者也是因此才成为如来。
如是诸智,他从何处而来,
因为如实了知所缘的真实本性;
具有这样出身等的如来
因为达成了目的,所以叫如来。
就像过去那些大仙们一样,
像这样的人,也照样随自己的喜好。
言语的运作,来自微细的心状态。
如来被称为最上之人。
在正觉的资粮成熟之前,
他已逝去,却并未落入轮回之中;
对于那位照见存在尽头的庇护者,已不再有(这样的存在)。
如此而来,因此而去,故名如来。
如来是法中最胜者,由大仙所说——
就像应当断除的污垢被断除了一样;
如来是导师的圣众。
如来之所以称为如来,是因为具足了这一点。巴利
‘‘Yatheva loke purimā mahesino, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā. ‘‘Pahāya kāmādimale asesato, Samādhiñāṇehi yathā gatā jinā; Purātanā sakyamunī jutindharo, Tathā gato tena tathāgato mato. ‘‘Tathañca dhātāyatanādilakkhaṇaṃ, Sabhāvasāmaññavibhāgabhedato; Sayambhuñāṇena jinoyamāgato, Tathāgato vuccati sakyapuṅgavo. ‘‘Tathāni saccāni samantacakkhunā, Tathā idappaccayatā ca sabbaso; Anaññaneyyā nayato vibhāvitā, Tathā gato tena jino tathāgato. ‘‘Anekabhedāsupi lokadhātusu, Jinassa rūpāyatanādigocare; Vicittabhede tathameva dassanaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantalocano. ‘‘Yato ca dhammaṃ tathameva bhāsati, Karoti vācāya nurūpamattano; Guṇehi lokaṃ abhibhuyyirīyati, Tathāgato tenapi lokanāyako. ‘‘Tathā pariññāya tathāya sabbaso, Avedi lokaṃ pabhavaṃ atikkami; Gato ca paccakkhakiriyāya nibbutiṃ, Arīyamaggañca gato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathā paṭiññāya tathāya sabbaso, Hitāya lokassa yatoyamāgato; Tathāya nātho karuṇāya sabbadā, Gato ca tenāpi jino tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāni ñāṇāni yatoyamāgato, Yathāsabhāvaṃ visayāvabodhato; Tathābhijātippabhutī tathāgato, Tadatthasampādanato tathāgato. ‘‘Yathāvidhā te purimā mahesino, Tathāvidhoyampi tathā yathāruci; Pavattavācā tanucittabhāvato, Tathāgato vuccati aggapuggalo. ‘‘Sambodhisambhāravipakkhato pure, Gataṃ na saṃsāragatampi tassa vā; Na catthi nāthassa bhavantadassino, Tathehi tasmā agato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāgato dhammavaro mahesinā, Yathā pahātabbamalaṃ pahīyati; Tathāgato ariyagaṇopi satthuno, Tathāgato tena samaṅgibhāvato’’ti.
“大神力”是指:具备最殊胜的心自在力,以及通过神变的方式,能依法的威力成就种种变化——这就叫作大神通——具足这样的大神通,就是“大神力”。“大威力”是指:具足由长时间累积而来、与对立面极为遥远、能成为实现所欲之事的因、具有大光辉的福德之力。“在其中”这个词,是用来表达稀有、赞叹、惊奇、喜悦和令人产生净信的个人境遇的介词。因为与此相应,所以用了未来时的“将生产”,但它的意思其实是过去时。这里的意思是这样的:这位名叫苏波瓦萨的女子,明明深陷难产的痛苦、陷入危难之中,竟然在世尊说话的同一时刻就变得安乐、无病,还生下了无病的儿子!“意悦”就是“自有其心”,意思是:因为对世尊有净信,心远离了烦恼。被烦恼纠缠的心没办法自主,所以不能说它是“自有其心”。或者,“意悦”是指被喜悦和心乐所占据的心。“欣悦”是指与喜悦相应。“生起喜悦与心乐”是指生起了强烈的喜悦与心乐。“然后”是指之后,过了几天之后。“七施食”是指在七天中应当布施的食物。“为了明日”是为了明日的福德,也就是说:为了明天将以布施和侍奉的方式对待以佛陀为首的僧团所获得的福德,为此目的。巴利
Mahiddhikatāti paramena cittavasībhāvena ca iddhividhayogena dhammānubhāvaññathattanipphādanasamatthatāsaṅkhātāya mahatiyā iddhiyā samannāgamo mahiddhikatā. Cirakālasambhūtena suvidūrappaṭipakkhena icchitatthanipphattihetubhūtena mahājutikena puññatejena samannāgamo mahānubhāvatā. Yatrāti acchariyapasaṃsākotuhalahāsapasādiko paccattatthe nipāto. Tena yuttattā vijāyissatīti anāgatakālavacanaṃ, attho pana atītakāloyeva. Ayañhettha attho – yā hi nāma ayaṃ suppavāsā tathā dukkhanimuggā kicchāpannā bhagavato vacanasamakālameva sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyīti. Attamanoti sakamano, bhagavati pasādena kilesarahitacittoti attho. Kilesapariyuṭṭhitañhi cittaṃ vase avattanato attamanoti na sakkā vattunti. Attamanoti vā pītisomanassehi gahitamano. Pamuditoti pāmojjena yutto. Pītisomanassajātoti jātabalavapītisomanasso. Athāti pacchā, tato katipāhassa accayena. Sattabhattānīti sattasu divasesu dātabbabhattāni. Svātanāyāti svātanapuññatthaṃ, yaṃ sve buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa dānavasena payirupāsanavasena ca bhavissati puññaṃ tadatthaṃ.
这时,世尊吩咐尊者大目犍连,为什么吩咐他呢?是为了保护苏波瓦萨的丈夫的信心。苏波瓦萨本人对佛法已有不可动摇的净信,而保护那位近事男信心的责任,就落在大目犍连长老身上。所以世尊说:“这是你的侍者。”这里“tuyheso”就是“tuyhaṃ eso”,即“这是你的”。“为三法的担保人”意思是:为了我的财物等三法不受损失、不致败坏,如果大目犍连圣者做担保人、做保证人,那么过了七天之后,我就可以布施。这是在表明“如果圣者知道的话”。长老观察了那七天里那人的财物和生命都没有危险,就说:“贤友,我为两法做担保——财物和生命。”至于信心,是系于他自己心中的事,所以长老把这份责任交还给他,说:“但信心方面,你自己就是担保人。”而且那位近事男已经见道,他的信心不会变成别的样子,所以才那样说。也正是因为这个原因,世尊才说:“你也要让他明白:‘以后你也会做。’”那位近事男出于对导师和长老的恭敬,又因为自己善于顺从,并且希望她的福德增长,就同意了:“让库利亚之女苏波瓦萨做这七天的施食吧,以后我再来做。”巴利
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ āmantesīti kasmā āmantesi? Suppavāsāya sāmikassa pasādarakkhaṇatthaṃ. Suppavāsā pana acalappasādāva, upāsakassa pana pasādarakkhaṇaṃ mahāmoggallānattherassa bhāro. Tenāha ‘‘tuyheso upaṭṭhāko’’ti. Tattha tuyhesoti tuyhaṃ eso. Tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogoti mama bhogādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ ahāniyā avināsāya ayyo mahāmoggallāno yadi pāṭibhogo yadi patibhū, ito satta divase atikkamitvā mama sakkā dānaṃ dātunti yadi ayyena ñātanti dīpeti. Theropi tassa tesu divasesu bhogānaṃ jīvitassa ca anupaddavaṃ passitvā āha – ‘‘dvinnaṃ kho nesaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogo bhogānañca jīvitassa cā’’ti. Saddhā panassa cittappaṭibaddhāti tasseva bhāraṃ karonto ‘‘saddhāya pana tvaññeva pāṭibhogo’’ti āha. Api ca so upāsako diṭṭhasacco, tassa saddhāya aññathābhāvo natthīti tathā vuttaṃ. Teneva ca kāraṇena bhagavatā ‘‘pacchāpi tvaṃ karissasīti saññāpehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Upāsakopi satthari there ca gāravena subbacatāya tassā ca puññena vaḍḍhiṃ icchanto ‘‘karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchāhaṃ karissāmī’’ti anujāni.
至于那个孩子,从她生产那天算起,过了十一天之后,她又连续七天供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。到第七天,她让那个七岁的孩子去礼拜世尊和比丘僧团。“我七年”意思是“我这七个年头”,这是依照持续关系而用的宾格说法。“住在血壶中”是她就自己在母胎里住胎所受的苦而说的。“其他这样的七个儿子”这一句,本来应该说成“其他这样的七个儿子”,却因为词性颠倒而说成了“evarūpānī”。意思是:像这样,以怀胎七年、又假死七天的方式,带来极大痛苦之后才出生的儿子,我也还愿意再有。由此显示出女人对儿子的贪爱,即使得了儿子,也永远没有满足。巴利
Tañca dārakanti vijātadivasato paṭṭhāya ekādasamaṃ divasaṃ atikkamitvā tato paraṃ sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhojetvā sattame divase taṃ sattavassikaṃ dārakaṃ bhagavantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca vandāpesi. Satta me vassānīti satta me saṃvaccharāni, accantasaṃyogavasena cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Lohitakumbhiyaṃ vutthānīti mātukucchiyaṃ attano gabbhavāsadukkhaṃ sandhāya vadati. Aññānipi evarūpāni satta puttānīti ‘‘aññepi evarūpe satta putte’’ti vattabbe liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttaṃ ‘‘evarūpānī’’ti. Evaṃ satta vassāni gabbhadhāraṇavasena sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhatāya ca mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ pāpetvā uppajjanakaputteti attho. Etena mātugāmānaṃ puttalolatāya puttalābhena titti natthīti dasseti.
世尊明白了这个道理:也就是说,她因为对儿子的贪爱,竟然把持续七年零七天的怀胎等巨大痛苦,在只言片语间就抛到了脑后,她所说的那番道理,世尊明白了。所谓“宣说此自说语”,意思是:就像心怀欢喜而忘乎所以的人一样,世尊以可爱的外表欺骗了那些放逸的人之后,宣说了这句揭示渴爱贪恋会带来巨大祸患的自说语。巴利
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti etaṃ sattadivasādhikāni satta saṃvaccharāni gabbhadhāraṇādivasena pavattaṃ mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ ekapade visaritvā puttalolatāvasena tāya vuttamatthaṃ viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ cittasukhappamatto viya pamattapuggale iṭṭhākārena vañcetvā taṇhāsinehassa mahānatthakarabhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
这里,“不可意”就是不甜美、不美好、不可爱。“以可意的形态”就是以可爱的本质。“以可喜爱的形态”就是以值得喜爱的本质。“以快乐的形态”就是以快乐的本质。这里说的是:因为轮回中的一切行法,虽然本质上纯粹就是不可意、不可爱、痛苦的,但由于没有断除颠倒想,以不如理作意,就显现成可爱、可亲、快乐的样子。对于忘失正念的放逸者,它现起为可爱、可亲、快乐的样子,超越、压倒、吞没了他。所以,这位苏波瓦萨将来还会再次以儿子这种被称为爱的所缘之乐,也就是以这种类似可意等的假快乐,七次被不可意、不可爱、痛苦的轮回所吞没。巴利
Tattha asātanti amadhuraṃ asundaraṃ aniṭṭhaṃ. Sātarūpenāti iṭṭhasabhāvena. Piyarūpenāti piyāyitabbabhāvena. Sukhassa rūpenāti sukhasabhāvena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yasmā asātaṃ appiyaṃ dukkhameva samānaṃ sakalampi vaṭṭagataṃ saṅkhārajātaṃ appahīnavipallāsattā ayonisomanasikārena iṭṭhaṃ viya piyaṃ viya sukhaṃ viya ca hutvā upaṭṭhahamānaṃ sativippavāsena pamattapuggalaṃ ativattati abhibhavati ajjhottharati, tasmā imampi suppavāsaṃ punapi sattakkhattuṃ evarūpaṃ asātaṃ appiyaṃ dukkhaṃ sātādipatirūpakena dukkhena puttasaṅkhātapemavatthusukhena ajjhottharatīti.
第九部《毗舍佉经》的注释巴利
9. Visākhāsuttavaṇṇanā
19 第九经。东园:在舍卫城东边,一座建在类似阿努罗陀城最胜天女寺之处的园林。鹿子母讲堂:就是鹿子母的那座殿堂。巴利
19. Navame pubbārāmeti sāvatthiyā pācīnadisābhāge anurādhapurassa uttamadevīvihārasadise ṭhāne kārite ārāme. Migāramātupāsādeti migāramātuyā pāsāde.
这里有一段逐步展开的因缘故事:在过去十万劫之前,有一位近事女看到莲华上佛(十力者)把另一位近事女安置在最上近事女的位置上,就邀请世尊,向以佛陀为首的十万比丘僧团行了大布施,又对世尊做了恭敬供养,然后发愿说:“愿我未来也能成为像您这样的佛陀的最上近事女!”她此后在天界和人间轮回了十万劫。到了我们的世尊出世的时候,她在跋地亚城,投生到门达克长者的儿子达南贾亚长者家中,进入苏玛那夫人的腹中。出生时,大家给她取名叫毗舍佉。当世尊来到跋地亚城时,她带着五百名少女一起去迎接世尊,仅仅在第一次见到世尊时,就证得了入流圣果。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – atīte satasahassakappamatthake padumuttaradasabalaṃ ekā upāsikā aññataraṃ upāsikaṃ attano aggupaṭṭhāyikaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusatasahassassa dānaṃ datvā bhagavato nipaccakāraṃ katvā ‘‘anāgate tumhādisassa buddhassa aggupaṭṭhāyikā bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Sā kappasatasahassaṃ devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle bhaddiyanagare meṇḍakaseṭṭhiputtassa dhanañjayaseṭṭhino gehe sumanadeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Jātakāle cassā visākhāti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Sā yadā bhagavā bhaddiyanagaraṃ agamāsi, tadā pañcahi dārikāsatehi saddhiṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ katvā paṭhamadassaneneva sotāpannā ahosi.
后来,她去了舍卫城弥伽罗长者的儿子富楼那瓦达那童子的家。在那里,她的公公弥伽罗长者出于报恩,把她安置在母亲的位置上。因此她被称为弥伽罗之母。她舍弃了自己成年时的装饰,用九千万钱财,为世尊和比丘僧团建造住处:在一块只有一犁大小的地方,上层建了五百间房,下层也建了五百间房,总共以一千间房庄严的殿堂。因此说“在弥伽罗母讲堂”。巴利
Aparabhāge sāvatthiyaṃ migāraseṭṭhiputtassa puṇṇavaḍḍhanakumārassa gehaṃ gatā, tattha naṃ sasuro migāraseṭṭhi upakāravasena mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Tasmā migāramātāti vuccati. Sā attano mahallatāpasādhanaṃ vissajjetvā navakoṭīhi bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanatthāya karīsamatte bhūmibhāge uparibhūmiyaṃ pañcagabbhasatāni heṭṭhābhūmiyaṃ pañcagabbhasatānīti gabbhasahassehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ pāsādaṃ kāresi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘migāramātupāsāde’’ti.
“有一些事”就是指某种目的。“在国王那里”就是在国王那儿。“系属”就是归他管辖。毗舍佉的亲族家送来一批用宝珠、珍珠等镶制而成的、那样的货物,那批东西是为了给毗舍佉作礼物而送去的,到了城门口,税吏们在那里收税时,没有按相应的数额收取,反而多收了。毗舍佉听说这件事后,想向国王禀明此事,就带着合适的随从去了王宫。可就在那个时候,国王已经和末利夫人一起进了内宫。毗舍佉找不到机会,心想“现在该有机会了,现在该有机会了”,就这样超过了吃饭时间,没吃上饭就离开了。如此去了两三天,也还是没得到机会。因此,国王虽然未被禀报,但因为没有给予裁决此事的机会,所以被说成“不按所愿了结”。其中,“不按所愿”就是不符合愿望。“不了了结”就是不了结、不完成。因为这位大优婆夷的愿望是:把属于国王管辖的税交给国王后,让其余的货物放行;但由于国王没有看见(接见)她,所以那愿望就没有被了结。“来吧”是表示放下的语气词。“白天白天”就是白天的白天,也就是正午时分的意思。由于某件事情,两三天都去王宫门口,因为那件事没有办成,所以只是无意义地前去;然而,亲近世尊本身因为是获得无上见等的原因,所以是有意义的。因此,我说“世尊,我这个时候来到这里”,为了显示这个意思,这位大优婆夷说了“世尊,我在这里”等话。巴利
Kocideva atthoti kiñcideva payojanaṃ. Raññeti rājini. Paṭibaddhoti āyatto. Visākhāya ñātikulato maṇimuttādiracitaṃ tādisaṃ bhaṇḍajātaṃ tassā paṇṇākāratthāya pesitaṃ, taṃ nagaradvārappattaṃ suṅkikā tattha suṅkaṃ gaṇhantā tadanurūpaṃ aggahetvā atirekaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Taṃ sutvā visākhā rañño tamatthaṃ nivedetukāmā patirūpaparivārena rājanivesanaṃ agamāsi, tasmiṃ khaṇe rājā mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ antepuraṃ gato hoti. Visākhā okāsaṃ alabhamānā ‘‘idāni labhissāmi, idāni labhissāmī’’ti bhojanavelaṃ atikkamitvā chinnabhattā hutvā pakkāmi. Evaṃ dvīhatīhaṃ gantvāpi okāsaṃ na labhiyeva. Iti rājā aniveditopi tassa atthavinicchayassa okāsākaraṇena ‘‘yathādhippāyaṃ na tīretī’’ti vutto. Tattha yathādhippāyanti adhippāyānurūpaṃ. Na tīretīti na niṭṭhāpeti. Mahāupāsikāya hi rājāyattasuṅkameva rañño datvā itaraṃ vissajjāpetuṃ adhippāyo, so raññā na diṭṭhattā eva na tīrito. Handāti vossaggatthe nipāto. Divā divassāti divasassa divā, majjhanhike kāleti attho. Kenacideva karaṇīyena dvīhatīhaṃ rājanivesanadvāraṃ gacchantī tassa atthassa aniṭṭhitattā niratthakameva upasaṅkamiṃ , bhagavati upasaṅkamanameva pana dassanānuttariyādippaṭilābhakāraṇattā sātthakanti evāhaṃ, bhante, imāya velāya idhāgatāti imamatthaṃ dassentī mahāupāsikā ‘‘idha me, bhante’’tiādimāha.
他明白了这个意思,也就是明白了所谓“心愿不能实现”是依赖他人才能达成的。于是他说出了这段优陀那,这段优陀那揭示了依赖他人和不依赖他人这两种处境中的过患与利益。巴利
Etamatthanti etaṃ parāyattatāya adhippāyāsamijjhanasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ parādhīnāparādhīnavuttīsu ādīnavānisaṃsaparidīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,“一切依他而住皆是苦”的意思是:任何已生起的事、任何要达成的目标,只要依赖他人、受他人掌控,就无法随自己的意愿实现,因此是苦,会带来痛苦。“一切自在皆是乐”:自在有两种,世间自在和出世间自在。其中,世间自在包括国王的权位等,以及由世间禅那和神通所生的心自在;出世间自在则是以证得道果为因的灭尽定自在。在这些自在当中,人间自在以转轮王位为最高,以及帝释天等天神在各自天界中作主宰的自在,这两种虽然因业力威能而能如愿达成、以类似乐的方式呈现为乐,但由于会变异,所以终究完全是苦。同样,由世间禅那所生的心自在,也因无常而是苦;只有灭尽定自在,因为不被世间法所动摇、具有不退转的性质,才叫做纯粹的乐。然而,在这一切当中,凡是不依赖他人而获得的心之乐,世尊就是针对这种乐而说:“一切自在皆是乐。”巴利
Tattha sabbaṃ paravasaṃ dukkhanti yaṃ kiñci atthajātaṃ payojanaṃ paravasaṃ parāyattaṃ attano icchāya nipphādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya dukkhaṃ dukkhāvahaṃ hotīti attho. Sabbaṃ issariyaṃ sukhanti duvidhaṃ issariyaṃ lokiyaṃ lokuttarañca. Tattha lokiyaṃ rājissariyādi ceva lokiyajjhānābhiññānibbattaṃ cittissariyañca, lokuttaraṃ maggaphalādhigamanimittaṃ nirodhissariyaṃ. Tesu yaṃ cakkavattibhāvapariyosānaṃ manussesu issariyaṃ, yañca sakkādīnaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ devanikāye ādhipaccabhūtaṃ issariyaṃ, tadubhayaṃ yadipi kammānubhāvena yathicchitanipphattiyā sukhanimittatāya sukhaṃ, vipariṇāmadukkhatāya pana sabbathā dukkhameva. Tathā aniccantikatāya lokiyajjhānanibbattaṃ cittissariyaṃ, nirodhissariyameva pana lokadhammehi akampanīyato anivattisabhāvattā ca ekantasukhaṃ nāma. Yaṃ panettha sabbattheva aparādhīnatāya labhati cittasukhaṃ, taṃ sandhāya satthā ‘‘sabbaṃ issariyaṃ sukha’’nti āha.
“在共有的事务上受折磨”,这句话是在解释“一切依赖他人即是苦”这一句的含义。这里的意思是:当需要共同完成某项事务时,由于这件事受他人支配,不能按照自己的意愿达成,这些众生就受到折磨,陷入困扰,感到疲惫。为什么呢?因为诸轭确实难以超越——欲轭、有轭、见轭、无明轭,这些从无始以来就不断被熏习,那些没有积累善法资粮的人无法断除它们,所以难以超越。在这些轭当中,见轭要靠初道来超越,欲轭要靠第三道来超越,其余两个要靠最上道来超越。这样,由于圣道极难证得,这些轭才说为难以超越。因此,众生因为欲轭等,在所求不得时就受到折磨;而当拥有不共的心自在和灭尽定自在时,就绝不可能生起困扰,这就是这里的意趣所在。巴利
Sādhāraṇe vihaññantīti idaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ paravasaṃ dukkha’’nti imassa padassa atthavivaraṇaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – sādhāraṇe payojane sādhetabbe sati tassa parādhīnatāya yathādhippāyaṃ anipphādanato ime sattā vihaññanti vighātaṃ āpajjanti kilamanti. Kasmā? Yogā hi duratikkamāti yasmā kāmayogabhavayogadiṭṭhiyogaavijjāyogā anādikālabhāvitā anupacitakusalasambhārehi pajahituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya duratikkamā. Etesu diṭṭhiyogo paṭhamamaggena atikkamitabbo, kāmayogo tatiyamaggena. Itare aggamaggena. Iti ariyamaggānaṃ duradhigamanīyattā ime yogā duratikkamā. Tasmā kāmayogādivasena icchitālābhahetu sattā vihaññanti, asādhāraṇe pana cittissariye nirodhissariye ca sati na kadācipi vighātassa sambhavoti adhippāyo.
或者另一种解释:所谓“一切依他”,是指属于自己以外、被他人所系缚的生活状态,那一切都是无常的,所以是苦。因为经中确实说过:“凡是无常的,那就是苦。”所谓“一切自在”,是指超越一切有为法、因为处于自在的地位而得到“自在”这个名字的涅槃,那涅槃不论是有余依还是无余依等分别,一切都是乐。因为经中确实说过:“涅槃是至高的乐。”所谓“共有”,是说苦和乐这样区分之后,这些众生沉没在许多众生共有的、造成苦的原因里,受到折磨。为什么呢?因为诸轭确实难以超越——由于在一切处都成为沉没原因的欲轭等难以超越,所以毗舍佉,你也是希求那依赖他人的事物,得不到时就受到折磨,这就是这段话的意趣。巴利
Atha vā sabbaṃ paravasanti yaṃ attano aññappaṭibaddhavuttisaṅkhātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ aniccasabhāvatāya dukkhaṃ. ‘‘Yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Sabbaṃ issariyanti yaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭaṃ issariyaṭṭhānatāya issariyanti laddhanāmaṃ nibbānaṃ, taṃ upādisesādivibhāgaṃ sabbaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukha’’nti (dha. pa. 203-204) hi vuttaṃ. Sādhāraṇeti evaṃ dukkhasukhe vavatthite ime sattā bahusādhāraṇe dukkhakāraṇe nimuggā hutvā vihaññanti. Kasmā? Yogā hi duratikkamāti yasmā te sabbattha nimujjanassa hetubhūtā kāmayogādayo duratikkamā, tasmā tvampi visākhe parāyattamatthaṃ patthetvā alabhamānā vihaññasīti adhippāyo.
第十 跋提经注释巴利
10. Bhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā
20 第二十经的注释中,“在阿努比亚”是指在一座叫阿努比亚的城市。“在芒果园”:离那座城市不远处,有一座属于马喇诸王的芒果园,马喇诸王在那里为世尊建了一座精舍,这座精舍就叫“芒果园”。世尊以阿努比亚作为乞食的村庄,住在那里,所以说“在阿努比亚,住在芒果园”。“跋提亚”是那位长老的名字。“迦留果陀之子”:迦留果陀是一位释迦族女子,是释迦王的王妃,已证得圣果、通达教法的圣弟子,她就是这位长老的母亲。他出家的经过在《犍度》中已有记载。他出家后便着手修观,不久就证得六神通,并受持奉行全部十三种头陀支。世尊在“出身高贵”这一项中,把他列为比丘弟子中的第一,说:“比丘们,在我的比丘弟子中,出身高贵者,就是这位迦留果陀之子跋提亚。”他就这样成为八十位大弟子之一。巴利
20. Dasame anupiyāyanti evaṃ nāmake nagare. Ambavaneti tassa nagarassa avidūre mallarājūnaṃ ekaṃ ambavanaṃ ahosi, tattha mallarājūhi bhagavato vihāro kārito, so ‘‘ambavana’’ntveva vuccati. Anupiyaṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā tattha bhagavā viharati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anupiyāyaṃ viharati ambavane’’ti. Bhaddiyoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Kāḷīgodhāya puttoti kāḷīgodhā nāma sākiyānī sakyarājadevī ariyasāvikā āgataphalā viññātasāsanā, tassā ayaṃ putto. Tassa pabbajjāvidhi khandhake (cūḷava. 330-331) āgatova. So pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā na cirasseva chaḷabhiñño ahosi, terasapi dhutaṅgāni samādāya vattati. Bhagavatā ca ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uccakulikānaṃ, yadidaṃ bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto’’ti (a. ni. 1.193) uccakulikabhāve etadagge ṭhapito asītiyā sāvakānaṃ abbhantaro.
“到空寂之处”:先说“除了村落和村落周边以外,其余的地方就是阿兰若”,这里所说的“空寂之处”,是指除了这种阿兰若和树下之外,其他像山窟、岩穴等适合出家人居住、没有人众拥挤的住处。或者也可以说,由于没有那些成为禅那刺的各种声音,任何偏僻的房屋都可以理解为“空寂之处”。他到了这样的空寂之处。“屡屡”就是频繁地的意思。“说出感兴语”:这位尊者无论在阿兰若里做日间禅修,还是夜间安住,大部分时间都以果定之乐和灭尽定之乐度过。因此,针对那种快乐,他厌离自己从前亲身经历过的、带着恐惧和热恼的王位之乐,便以伴随着欢喜、由智慧产生、由喜产生的心情,发出感叹:“啊,多么快乐!啊,多么快乐!”巴利
Suññāgāragatoti ‘‘ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca avasesaṃ arañña’’nti vuttaṃ araññaṃ rukkhamūlañca ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pabbatakandarādi pabbajitasāruppaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ janasambādhābhāvato idha suññāgāranti adhippetaṃ. Atha vā jhānakaṇṭakānaṃ saddānaṃ abhāvato vivittaṃ yaṃ kiñci agārampi suññāgāranti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ suññāgāraṃ upagato. Abhikkhaṇanti bahulaṃ. Udānaṃ udānesīti so hi āyasmā araññe divāvihāraṃ upagatopi rattivāsūpagatopi yebhuyyena phalasamāpattisukhena nirodhasukhena ca vītināmeti, tasmā taṃ sukhaṃ sandhāya pubbe attanā anubhūtaṃ sabhayaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ rajjasukhaṃ jigucchitvā ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti somanassasahitaṃ ñāṇasamuṭṭhānaṃ pītisamuṭṭhānaṃ samuggirati.
那些比丘听了之后,心里生起这样的想法:众多比丘听到那位尊者发出“啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!”的感叹后,就这样思量:“毫无疑问,他是不喜欢梵行才这样修行的。”那些比丘是凡夫,不知道那位尊者的感叹是针对远离之乐而发的,所以就这样认为,因此说“毫无疑问”等等。其中,“毫无疑问”就是没有疑惑、完全确定的意思。有些人在引述“他以前还是在家人的时候”这段经文之后,用“他曾经体验过”这个补充说法来解释它的含义;另一些人则读作“她”;但经文实际是“他以前还是在家人的时候”。其中,“yaṃsa”就是“他的”的意思,因为连音的关系省略了元音和辅音,就像“evaṃsa te”(他这样对你)、“pupphaṃsā uppajjī”(花为他而生)等句子中的用法一样。它的意思是:这位跋地亚尊者在出家以前,还是在家俗人的时候,曾经体验过的国王之乐。他忆念着那种乐,意思是他现在因为对梵行生活心生厌倦不满而追忆着那种快乐。巴利
Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosīti nesaṃ sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tassa āyasmato ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti udānentassa udānaṃ sutvā ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ esa anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti evaṃ parivitakkitaṃ ahosi. Te bhikkhū puthujjanā tassa āyasmato vivekasukhaṃ sandhāya udānaṃ ajānantā evaṃ amaññiṃsu, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nissaṃsaya’’ntiādi. Tattha nissaṃsayanti asandehena ekantenāti attho. ‘‘Yaṃ so pubbe agāriyabhūto samāno’’ti pāḷiṃ vatvā ‘‘anubhavī’’ti vacanasesena keci atthaṃ vaṇṇenti, apare ‘‘yaṃ sā’’ti paṭhanti, ‘‘yaṃsa pubbe agāriyabhūtassā’’ti pana pāḷi. Tattha yaṃsāti yaṃ assa, sandhivasena hi akārasakāralopo ‘‘evaṃsa te (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58), pupphaṃsā uppajjī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 36) viya. Tassattho – assa āyasmato bhaddiyassa pabbajitato pubbe agāriyabhūtassa gahaṭṭhassa sato yaṃ rajjasukhaṃ anubhūtaṃ. Sā tamanussaramānoti so taṃ sukhaṃ etarahi ukkaṇṭhanavasena anussaranto.
那些比丘对世尊这样说:那许多比丘天性喜欢高声谈论,他们是出于想帮助那位尊者的用意才对世尊这样说,并不是出于责备。“某一位”:是指一位姓名和家族都不为人所知的比丘。“召唤”:是命令、是想让那些比丘明白。“是这样”:是接受话语时的回应,意思是“好的”。又说“是这样”:是表示承认。“我确实时常发出‘啊,快乐!啊,快乐!’这样的感叹”:正如那些比丘所说,他承认自己的感叹确实就是如此。“那么跋地亚,你为何……”:世尊为什么这样问?难道他不知道那位比丘的心吗?并非不知道。但他正是要让那位尊者自己说出这个缘由,借此让那些比丘明白,所以才这样问。经中确实这样说:“如来知道也会问,知道也有不问的时候”等等。“义利”:就是原因。巴利
Te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocunti te sambahulā bhikkhū ullapanasabhāvasaṇṭhitā tassa anuggahaṇādhippāyena bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ, na ujjhānavasena. Aññataranti nāmagottena apākaṭaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ. Āmantesīti āṇāpesi te bhikkhū saññāpetukāmo. Evanti vacanasampaṭiggahe, sādhūti attho. Puna evanti paṭiññāya. Abhikkhaṇaṃ ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti imaṃ udānaṃ udānesīti yathā te bhikkhū vadanti, taṃ evaṃ tathevāti attano udānaṃ paṭijānāti. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ bhaddiyāti kasmā bhagavā pucchati, kiṃ tassa cittaṃ na jānātīti ? No na jānāti, teneva pana tamatthaṃ vadāpetvā te bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ pucchati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchantī’’tiādi. Atthavasanti kāraṇaṃ.
“内宫”是指后宫,也就是嫔妃们往来活动的王宫内部,国王在那里沐浴、吃饭、睡觉等。“护卫安排得很好”是指由负责守卫等事务的人,在四周都做了妥善的守护。“外宫”则是指审判诉讼等事务的场所,也就是内宫之外的王宫区域。像这样受到保护、守护:就是说,在王宫、都城和王国的各个地方,内外许多处所都有数百人周密地布置好护卫和屏障来保护、守护他,为的是让他没有恐惧、生活安稳。恐惧等几个词是彼此的同义词。或者也可以说,“恐惧”是因为害怕别的国王而恐惧。“惊慌”是说即使在自己的王国里,也因为天生会生起的怖畏和惊慌而心绪不宁、动摇不安。“疑惧”是说,依照“身为国王,任何时候都不能掉以轻心”这句话,他对一切都无法信任,对各类事务和办事的人及条件都心生猜疑,心里向上悬着、忐忑不安。“惊悚”是说,因为想到“即使是身边的侍从,也可能在我不知道的时候加害于我”,于是生起能让身体发抖的惊畏,处在惊悚之中。也有人读作“受惊者”。“住”是说,他就这样处在那种状态中生活。巴利
Antepureti itthāgārassa sañcaraṇaṭṭhānabhūte rājagehassa abbhantare, yattha rājā nhānabhojanasayanādiṃ kappeti. Rakkhā susaṃvihitāti ārakkhādikatapurisehi gutti suṭṭhu samantato vihitā. Bahipi antepureti aḍḍakaraṇaṭṭhānādike antepurato bahibhūte rājagehe. Evaṃ rakkhito gopito santoti evaṃ rājageharājadhānirajjadesesu anto ca bahi ca anekesu ṭhānesu anekasatehi susaṃvihitarakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā mameva nibbhayatthaṃ phāsuvihāratthaṃ rakkhito gopito samāno. Bhītotiādīni padāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Atha vā bhītoti pararājūhi bhāyamāno. Ubbiggoti sakarajjepi pakatito uppajjanakabhayubbegena ubbiggo calito. Ussaṅkīti ‘‘raññā nāma sabbakālaṃ avissatthena bhavitabba’’nti vacanena sabbattha avissāsavasena tesaṃ tesaṃ kiccakaraṇīyānaṃ paccayaparisaṅkāya ca uddhamukhaṃ saṅkamāno. Utrāsīti ‘‘santikāvacarehipi ajānantasseva me kadāci anattho bhaveyyā’’ti uppannena sarīrakampaṃ uppādanasamatthena tāsena utrāsī. ‘‘Utrasto’’tipi paṭhanti. Vihāsinti evaṃbhūto hutvā vihariṃ.
“如今”是指从出家那时起直到现在。“独一”就是没有同伴,以此说明他身体远离人群。“无恐惧”等词的意思,要按前面所说的反过来理解。因为能执取恐惧等相的所缘,以及那相所对应的烦恼,都已完全不存在,所以他才无恐惧等。以此说明心远离。“少事务”是指对保养身体毫不操心。“身毛下垂”是指由于没有能引起毛发竖立的惊悚,所以身毛顺伏。这两句也说明他自在而住。“依他人布施而活”是指靠别人布施的衣服等物生活,以此彻底显示毫无执著,说明一切恐惧之因都已完全断除。“以如鹿之心”是指以像鹿一样自在安住而生起的心。因为鹿住在无人往来的山林中,自在无畏地站立、坐下、躺卧,想去哪里就去哪里,通行无碍。以此表示:“我也这样安住。”正如一位独觉佛所说:巴利
Etarahīti idāni pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya. Ekoti asahāyo, tena vūpakaṭṭhakāyataṃ dasseti. Abhītotiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Bhayādinimittassa pariggahassa taṃ nimittassa ca kilesassa abhāvenevassa abhītāditāti. Etena cittavivekaṃ dasseti . Appossukkoti sarīraguttiyaṃ nirussukko. Pannalomoti lomahaṃsuppādakassa chambhitattassa abhāvena anuggatalomo. Padadvayenapi serivihāraṃ dasseti. Paradattavuttoti parehi dinnena cīvarādinā vattamāno, etena sabbaso saṅgābhāvadīpanamukhena anavasesabhayahetuvirahaṃ dasseti. Migabhūtena cetasāti vissatthavihāritāya migassa viya jātena cittena. Migo hi amanussapathe araññe vasamāno vissattho tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, nipajjati, yenakāmañca pakkamati appaṭihatacāro, evaṃ ahampi viharāmīti dasseti. Vuttañhetaṃ paccekabuddhena –
就像林中的鹿,没有束缚,
想去哪儿就去哪儿,为了找吃的而走。
有智慧的人,看着这种随己所欲的状态,
独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, Yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. (su. ni. 39; apa. thera 1.1.95);
尊者,我正是为了这个道理,尊者,世尊:也就是我现在所证的至高远离之乐、果定之乐,正是看到了这个原因,我才发出感叹:“啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!”巴利
Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavasanti, bhante, bhagavā yadidaṃ mama etarahi paramaṃ vivekasukhaṃ phalasamāpattisukhaṃ, idameva kāraṇaṃ sampassamāno ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti udānaṃ udānesinti.
“这是这个意义”是指:从一切方面完全了知了跋地亚长老那超越凡夫境界、名为“远离乐”的意义。“这是这个感叹”是指:世尊发出了这一感叹,它揭示了有因的恐惧与忧愁消尽的功德。巴利
Etamatthanti etaṃ bhaddiyattherassa puthujjanavisayātītaṃ vivekasukhasaṅkhātamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti idaṃ sahetukabhayasokavigamānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,对于那位圣者,“内心没有忿怒”是指:他自身内心之中,那些会让心变得污浊、扰动内心的贪等烦恼,以及由嗔恨事等种种原因所生的种种嗔怒——这些“忿怒”都不存在,因为已经被圣道断除了。这里的“内”(antara)一词,虽然在“我与你之间是什么原因”等语句中表示原因,在“中间八日降雪之时”等语句中表示中间,在“祇园与舍卫城之间”等语句中表示空隙,在“恐惧从内心生起”等语句中表示心,但在这里也应当理解为心。因此说“从内心,即自己心中”。巴利
Tattha yassantarato na santi kopāti yassa ariyapuggalassa antarato abbhantare attano citte cittakālussiyakaraṇato cittappakopā rāgādayo āghātavatthuādikāraṇabhedato anekabhedā dosakopā eva kopā na santi maggena pahīnattā na vijjanti. Ayañhi antarasaddo kiñcāpi ‘‘mañca tvañca kimantara’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.228) kāraṇe dissati, ‘‘antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 346) vemajjhe, ‘‘antarā ca jetavanaṃ antarā ca sāvatthi’’ntiādīsu (udā. 13, 44) vivare, ‘‘bhayamantarato jāta’’ntiādīsu (itivu. 88; mahāni. 5) citte, idhāpi citte eva daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘antarato attano citte’’ti.
“超越了如此种种的有与非有”这句话的意思是:所谓“有”,就是成就;所谓“非有”,就是衰败。同样,“有”是增长,“非有”是减损。“有”又是常住,“非有”是断灭。“有”又是福,“非有”是罪。“有”又是善趣,“非有”是恶趣。“有”又是小,“非有”是大。因此,依照成就与衰败、增长与减损、常住与断灭、福与罪、善趣与恶趣、小与大等种种形态,这就被称为“有非有性”。他以四种圣道,按各自相应的情况,以各种方式超越了、越过了那有非有性。这里应随含义调整格位。所谓“彼离恐怖”,是指这样具足上述功德、诸漏已尽的人,因为心中不再有愤怒,又因为超越了有非有性,怖畏之因已经消失,所以离恐怖;他因远离之乐和最高果位之乐而安乐;正因为离恐怖,所以无忧。“诸天不能以见而经历”:除了已证得圣道的人以外,所有投生天界的天人即使努力,也不能以心行可见的方式看见他、不能达到、不能做到,更何况是人。因为即使是有学圣者,也像凡夫一样,不能了知阿罗汉的心行。巴利
Itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti yasmā bhavoti sampatti, abhavoti vipatti. Tathā bhavoti vuddhi, abhavoti hāni. Bhavoti vā sassataṃ, abhavoti ucchedo. Bhavoti vā puññaṃ, abhavoti pāpaṃ. Bhavoti vā sugati, abhavoti duggati. Bhavoti vā khuddako, abhavoti mahanto. Tasmā yā sā sampattivipattivuḍḍhihānisassatucchedapuññapāpasugatiduggati- khuddakamahantaupapattibhavānaṃ vasena iti anekappakārā bhavābhavatā vuccati. Catūhipi ariyamaggehi yathāsambhavaṃ tena tena nayena taṃ itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto atikkanto hoti. Atthavasena vibhatti vipariṇāmetabbā. Taṃ vigatabhayanti taṃ evarūpaṃ yathāvuttaguṇasamannāgataṃ khīṇāsavaṃ cittakopābhāvato itibhavābhavasamatikkamato ca bhayahetuvigamena vigatabhayaṃ, vivekasukhena aggaphalasukhena ca sukhiṃ, vigatabhayattā eva asokaṃ. Devā nānubhavanti dassanāyāti adhigatamagge ṭhapetvā sabbepi upapattidevā vāyamantāpi cittacāradassanavasena dassanāya daṭṭhuṃ nānubhavanti na abhisambhuṇanti na sakkonti, pageva manussā. Sekkhāpi hi puthujjanā viya arahato cittappavattiṃ na jānanti.